āĻ—ā§€āϤāĻž āϞ⧋āĻ—ā§‹
âŦ… āϏ⧂āĻšā§€ āĻĒāĻ¤ā§āϰ

ā¤¸ā¤žā¤‚ā¤–āĨā¤¯ā¤¯āĨ‹ā¤—

Sānkhya Yog

Sankhya Yoga

(Transcendental Knowledge)

āϏāĻžāĻ‚āĻ–ā§āϝāϝ⧋āĻ—

Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 1
ā¤¸ā¤žāĨā¤œā¤¯ ⤉ā¤ĩā¤žā¤š

⤤⤂ ⤤ā¤Ĩā¤ž ⤕āĨƒā¤Ēā¤¯ā¤žā¤Ŋā¤ĩā¤ŋ⤎āĨā¤Ÿā¤Žā¤ļāĨā¤°āĨā¤ĒāĨ‚⤰āĨā¤Ŗā¤žā¤•āĨā¤˛āĨ‡ā¤•āĨā¤ˇā¤Ŗā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤
ā¤ĩā¤ŋ⤎āĨ€ā¤Ļ⤍āĨā¤¤ā¤Žā¤ŋā¤Ļ⤂ ā¤ĩā¤žā¤•āĨā¤¯ā¤ŽāĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤š ā¤Žā¤§āĨā¤¸āĨ‚ā¤Ļ⤍⤃āĨ¤āĨ¤2.1āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϏāĻžā§āϜāϝāĻŧ āωāĻŦāĻžāϚ

āϤāĻ‚ āϤāĻĨāĻž āĻ•ā§ƒāĻĒāϝāĻŧāĻžāĻŦāĻŋāĻˇā§āϟāĻŽāĻļā§āϰ⧁āĻĒā§‚āĻ°ā§āĻŖāĻžāϕ⧁āϞ⧇āĻ•ā§āώāĻŖāĻŽā§ āĨ¤
āĻŦāĻŋāώ⧀āĻĻāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŽāĻŋāĻĻāĻ‚ āĻŦāĻžāĻ•ā§āϝāĻŽā§āĻŦāĻžāϚ āĻŽāϧ⧁āϏ⧂āĻĻāύāσ āĨĨā§§āĨĨ
saÃąjaya uvācha
taᚁ tathā kṛipayāviášŖháš­amaśhru pÅĢrṇākulekášŖhaṇam
viášŖhÄĢdantamidaᚁ vākyam uvācha madhusÅĢdanaá¸Ĩ
Word Meanings:
saÃąjayaá¸Ĩ uvācha—Sanjay said; tam—to him (Arjun); tathā—thus; kṛipayā—with pity; āviášŖháš­am—overwhelmed; aśhru-pÅĢrṇa—full of tears; ākula—distressed; ÄĢkášŖhaṇam—eyes; viášŖhÄĢdantam—grief-stricken; idam—these; vākyam—words; uvācha—said; madhusÅĢdanaá¸Ĩ—Shree Krishn, slayer of the Madhu demon
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϏāĻžā§āϜāϝāĻŧ āĻŦāϞāϞ⧇āύ- āĻ…āĻ°ā§āϜ⧁āύāϕ⧇ āĻāĻ­āĻžāĻŦ⧇ āĻ…āύ⧁āϤāĻĒā§āϤ, āĻŦā§āϝāĻžāϕ⧁āϞ āĻ“ āĻ…āĻļā§āϰ⧁āĻļāĻŋāĻ•ā§āϤ āĻĻ⧇āϖ⧇, āĻ•ā§ƒāĻĒāĻžāϝāĻŧ āφāĻŦāĻŋāĻˇā§āϟ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āĻŽāϧ⧁āϏ⧂āĻĻāύ āĻŦāĻž āĻļā§āϰ⧀āĻ•ā§ƒāĻˇā§āĻŖ āĻāχ āĻ•āĻĨāĻžāϗ⧁āϞāĻŋ āĻŦāϞāϞ⧇āύāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 2
ā¤ļāĨā¤°āĨ€ ⤭⤗ā¤ĩā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤š
⤕āĨā¤¤ā¤¸āĨā¤¤āĨā¤ĩā¤ž ⤕ā¤ļāĨā¤Žā¤˛ā¤Žā¤ŋā¤Ļ⤂ ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤ˇā¤ŽāĨ‡ ā¤¸ā¤ŽāĨā¤Ē⤏āĨā¤Ĩā¤ŋā¤¤ā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤
ā¤…ā¤¨ā¤žā¤°āĨā¤¯ā¤œāĨā¤ˇāĨā¤Ÿā¤Žā¤¸āĨā¤ĩ⤰āĨā¤—āĨā¤¯ā¤Žā¤•āĨ€ā¤°āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋā¤•ā¤°ā¤Žā¤°āĨā¤œāĨā¤¨āĨ¤āĨ¤2.2āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻļā§āϰ⧀āĻ­āĻ—āĻŦāĻžāύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāϚ

āϕ⧁āϤāĻ¸ā§āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻž āĻ•āĻļā§āĻŽāϞāĻŽāĻŋāĻĻāĻ‚ āĻŦāĻŋāώāĻŽā§‡ āϏāĻŽā§āĻĒāĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻŽā§ āĨ¤
āĻ…āύāĻžāĻ°ā§āϝāϜ⧁āĻˇā§āϟāĻŽāĻ¸ā§āĻŦāĻ°ā§āĻ—ā§āϝāĻŽāϕ⧀āĻ°ā§āϤāĻŋāĻ•āϰāĻŽāĻ°ā§āϜ⧁āύ āĨĨ⧍āĨĨ
śhrÄĢ bhagavān uvācha
kutastvā kaśhmalamidaᚁ viášŖhame samupasthitam
anārya-juášŖháš­amaswargyam akÄĢrti-karam arjuna
Word Meanings:
śhrÄĢ-bhagavān uvācha—the Supreme Lord said; kutaá¸Ĩ—wherefrom; tvā—to you; kaśhmalam—delusion; idam—this; viášŖhame—in this hour of peril; samupasthitam—overcome; anārya—crude person; juášŖháš­am—practiced; aswargyam—which does not lead to the higher abodes; akÄĢrti-karam—leading to disgrace; arjuna—Arjun
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻĒ⧁āϰ⧁āώ⧋āĻ¤ā§āϤāĻŽ āĻļā§āϰ⧀āĻ­āĻ—āĻŦāĻžāύ āĻŦāϞāϞ⧇āύ- āĻĒā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧ āĻ…āĻ°ā§āϜ⧁āύ, āĻāχ āĻ˜ā§‹āϰ āϏāĻ‚āĻ™ā§āĻ•āϟāĻŽāϝāĻŧ āϝ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻ¸ā§āĻĨāϞ⧇ āϝāĻžāϰāĻž āĻœā§€āĻŦāύ⧇āϰ āĻĒā§āϰāĻ•ā§ƒāϤ āĻŽā§‚āĻ˛ā§āϝ āĻŦā§‹āĻā§‡ āύāĻž, āϏ⧇āχ āϏāĻŦ āĻ…āύāĻžāĻ°ā§āϝ⧇āϰ āĻŽāϤ⧋ āĻļā§‹āĻ•āĻžāύāϞ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻšā§ƒāĻĻāϝāĻŧ⧇ āĻ•āĻŋāĻ­āĻžāĻŦ⧇ āĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻœā§āĻŦāϞāĻŋāϤ āĻšāϞ ? āĻāχ āϧāϰāύ⧇āϰ āĻŽāύ⧋āĻ­āĻžāĻŦ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϕ⧇ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāĻ°ā§āĻ—āϞ⧋āϕ⧇ āωāĻ¨ā§āύ⧀āϤ āĻ•āϰāĻŦ⧇ āύāĻž, āĻĒāĻ•ā§āώāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϤāϰ⧇ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āϏāĻŽāĻ¸ā§āϤ āϝāĻļāϰāĻžāĻļāĻŋ āĻŦāĻŋāύāĻˇā§āϟ āĻ•āϰāĻŦ⧇āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 3
⤕āĨā¤˛āĨˆā¤ŦāĨā¤¯ā¤‚ ā¤Žā¤ž ⤏āĨā¤Ž ā¤—ā¤Žā¤ƒ ā¤Ēā¤žā¤°āĨā¤Ĩ ⤍āĨˆā¤¤ā¤¤āĨā¤¤āĨā¤ĩ⤝āĨā¤¯āĨā¤Ēā¤Ēā¤ĻāĨā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡āĨ¤
⤕āĨā¤ˇāĨā¤ĻāĨā¤°ā¤‚ ā¤šāĨƒā¤Ļ⤝ā¤ĻāĨŒā¤°āĨā¤Ŧ⤞āĨā¤¯ā¤‚ ⤤āĨā¤¯ā¤•āĨā¤¤āĨā¤ĩāĨ‹ā¤¤āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ⤎āĨā¤  ā¤Ē⤰⤍āĨā¤¤ā¤ĒāĨ¤āĨ¤2.3āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ•ā§āϞ⧈āĻŦā§āϝāĻ‚ āĻŽāĻžāĻ¸ā§āĻŽ āĻ—āĻŽāσ āĻĒāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ āύ⧈āϤāĻ¤ā§āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻ¯ā§āϝ⧁āĻĒāĻĒāĻĻā§āϝāϤ⧇āĨ¤
āĻ•ā§āώ⧁āĻĻā§āϰāĻ‚ āĻšā§ƒāĻĻāϝāĻŧāĻĻ⧌āĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻ˛ā§āϝāĻ‚ āĻ¤ā§āϝāĻ•ā§āĻ¤ā§āĻŦā§‹āĻ¤ā§āϤāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ  āĻĒāϰāĻŽāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻĒ āĨĨā§ŠāĨĨ
klaibyaᚁ mā sma gamaá¸Ĩ pārtha naitat tvayyupapadyate
kášŖhudraᚁ hṛidaya-daurbalyaᚁ tyaktvottiášŖháš­ha parantapa
Word Meanings:
klaibyam—unmanliness; mā sma—do not; gamaá¸Ĩ—yield to; pārtha—Arjun, the son of Pritha; na—not; etat—this; tvayi—to you; upapadyate—befitting; kášŖhudram—petty; hṛidaya—heart; daurbalyam—weakness; tyaktvā—giving up; uttiášŖháš­ha—arise; param-tapa—conqueror of enemies
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻšā§‡ āĻĒāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ ! āĻāχ āϏāĻ¨ā§āĻŽāĻžāύ āĻšāĻžāύāĻŋāĻ•āϰ āĻ•ā§āϞ⧀āĻŦāĻ¤ā§āĻŦ⧇āϰ āĻŦāĻļāĻŦāĻ°ā§āϤ⧀ āĻšāϝāĻŧā§‹ āύāĻžā§ˇ āĻāχ āϧāϰāύ⧇āϰ āφāϚāϰāĻŖ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻĒāĻ•ā§āώ⧇ āĻ…āύ⧁āϚāĻŋāϤ āĨ¤
āĻšā§‡ āĻĒāϰāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻĒ ! āĻšā§ƒāĻĻāϝāĻŧ⧇āϰ āĻāχ āĻ•ā§āώ⧁āĻĻā§āϰ āĻĻ⧁āĻ°ā§āĻŦāϞāϤāĻž āĻĒāϰāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻžāĻ— āĻ•āϰ⧇ āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻŋ āωāϠ⧇ āĻĻāĻžāρāĻĄāĻŧāĻžāĻ“āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 4
⤅⤰āĨā¤œāĨā¤¨ ⤉ā¤ĩā¤žā¤š

⤕ā¤Ĩ⤂ ⤭āĨ€ā¤ˇāĨā¤Žā¤Žā¤šā¤‚ ⤏⤂⤖āĨā¤¯āĨ‡ ā¤ĻāĨā¤°āĨ‹ā¤Ŗā¤‚ ⤚ ā¤Žā¤§āĨā¤¸āĨ‚ā¤Ļ⤍āĨ¤
⤇⤎āĨā¤­ā¤ŋ⤃ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤¤ā¤ŋ⤝āĨ‹ā¤¤āĨā¤¸āĨā¤¯ā¤žā¤Žā¤ŋ ā¤ĒāĨ‚ā¤œā¤žā¤°āĨā¤šā¤žā¤ĩ⤰ā¤ŋ⤏āĨ‚ā¤Ļ⤍āĨ¤āĨ¤2.4āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ…āĻ°ā§āϜ⧁āύ āωāĻŦāĻžāϚ

āĻ•āĻĨāĻ‚ āĻ­ā§€āĻ¸ā§āĻŽāĻŽāĻšāĻ‚ āϏāĻ‚āĻ–ā§āϝ⧇ āĻĻā§āϰ⧋āĻŖāĻ‚ āϚ āĻŽāϧ⧁āϏ⧂āĻĻāύ āĨ¤
āχāώ⧁āĻ­āĻŋāσ āĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋāĻ¯ā§‹ā§ŽāĻ¸ā§āϝāĻžāĻŽāĻŋ āĻĒā§‚āϜāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻšāĻžāĻŦāϰāĻŋāϏ⧂āĻĻāύ āĨĨā§ĒāĨĨ
arjuna uvācha
kathaᚁ bhÄĢášŖhmam ahaᚁ sankhye droṇaᚁ cha madhusÅĢdana
iášŖhubhiá¸Ĩ pratiyotsyāmi pÅĢjārhāvari-sÅĢdana
Word Meanings:
arjunaá¸Ĩ uvācha—Arjun said; katham—how; bhÄĢášŖhmam—Bheeshma; aham—I; sankhye—in battle; droṇam—Dronacharya; cha—and; madhu-sÅĢdana—Shree Krishn, slayer of the Madhu demon; iášŖhubhiá¸Ĩ—with arrows; pratiyotsyāmi—shall I shoot; pÅĢjā-arhau—worthy of worship; ari-sÅĢdana—destroyer of enemies
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻ…āĻ°ā§āϜ⧁āύ āĻŦāϞāϞ⧇āύ- āĻšā§‡ āĻ…āϰāĻŋāϏ⧂āĻĻāύ ! āĻšā§‡ āĻŽāϧ⧁āϏ⧂āĻĻāύ ! āĻāχ āϝ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻ•ā§āώ⧇āĻ¤ā§āϰ⧇ āĻ­ā§€āĻˇā§āĻŽ āĻ“ āĻĻā§āϰ⧋āϪ⧇āϰ āĻŽāϤ⧋ āĻĒāϰāĻŽ āĻĒā§‚āϜāύ⧀āϝāĻŧ āĻŦā§āϝāĻžāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋāĻĻ⧇āϰ āϕ⧇āĻŽāύ āĻ•āϰ⧇ āφāĻŽāĻŋ āĻŦāĻžāϪ⧇āϰ āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻžāϰāĻž āĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋāĻĻā§āĻŦāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻŋāϤāĻž āĻ•āϰāĻŦ ?
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 5
⤗āĨā¤°āĨ‚ā¤¨ā¤šā¤¤āĨā¤ĩā¤ž ā¤šā¤ŋ ā¤Žā¤šā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤­ā¤žā¤ĩā¤žā¤¨āĨ
ā¤ļāĨā¤°āĨ‡ā¤¯āĨ‹ ⤭āĨ‹ā¤•āĨā¤¤āĨā¤‚ ⤭āĨˆā¤•āĨā¤ˇāĨā¤¯ā¤Žā¤ĒāĨ€ā¤š ⤞āĨ‹ā¤•āĨ‡āĨ¤
ā¤šā¤¤āĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤°āĨā¤Ĩā¤•ā¤žā¤Žā¤žā¤‚ā¤¸āĨā¤¤āĨ ⤗āĨā¤°āĨ‚⤍ā¤ŋā¤šāĨˆā¤ĩ
⤭āĨā¤žāĨā¤œāĨ€ā¤¯ ⤭āĨ‹ā¤—ā¤žā¤¨āĨ ⤰āĨā¤§ā¤ŋ⤰ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤Ļā¤ŋ⤗āĨā¤§ā¤žā¤¨āĨāĨ¤āĨ¤2.5āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϗ⧁āϰ⧂āύāĻšāĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻž āĻšāĻŋ āĻŽāĻšāĻžāύ⧁āĻ­āĻžāĻŦāĻžāĻ¨ā§ āĻļā§āϰ⧇āϝāĻŧā§‹ āĻ­ā§‹āĻ•ā§āϤ⧁āĻ‚ āϭ⧈āĻ•ā§āĻˇā§āϝāĻŽāĻĒā§€āĻš āϞ⧋āϕ⧇ āĨ¤
āĻšāĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨāĻ•āĻžāĻŽāĻžāĻ‚āĻ¸ā§āϤ⧁ āϗ⧁āϰ⧂āύāĻŋāĻšā§ˆāĻŦ āϭ⧁āĻžā§āĻœā§€āϝāĻŧ āĻ­ā§‹āĻ—āĻžāĻ¨ā§ āϰ⧁āϧāĻŋāϰāĻĒā§āϰāĻĻāĻŋāĻ—ā§āϧāĻžāĻ¨ā§ āĨĨā§ĢāĨĨ
gurÅĢnahatvā hi mahānubhāvān
śhreyo bhoktuᚁ bhaikášŖhyamapÄĢha loke
hatvārtha-kāmāᚁstu gurÅĢnihaiva
bhuÃąjÄĢya bhogān rudhira-pradigdhān
Word Meanings:
gurÅĢn—teachers; ahatvā—not killing; hi—certainly; mahā-anubhāvān—noble elders; śhreyaá¸Ĩ—better; bhoktum—to enjoy life; bhaikášŖhyam—by begging; api—even; iha loke—in this world; hatvā—killing; artha—gain; kāmān—desiring; tu—but; gurÅĢn—noble elders; iha—in this world; eva—certainly; bhuÃąjÄĢya—enjoy; bhogān—pleasures; rudhira—blood; pradigdhān—tainted with
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āφāĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻŽāĻšāĻžāύ⧁āĻ­āĻŦ āĻļāĻŋāĻ•ā§āώāĻžāϗ⧁āϰ⧁āĻĻ⧇āϰ āĻœā§€āĻŦāύ āĻšāĻžāύāĻŋ āĻ•āϰ⧇ āĻāχ āϜāĻ—ā§Ž āĻ­ā§‹āĻ— āĻ•āϰāĻžāϰ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āĻŦāϰāĻ‚ āĻ­āĻŋāĻ•ā§āώāĻž āĻ•āϰ⧇ āĻœā§€āĻŦāύ āϧāĻžāϰāĻŖ āĻ•āϰāĻž āĻ­āĻžāϞāĨ¤ āϤāĻžāρāϰāĻž āĻĒāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨāĻŋāĻŦ āĻŦāĻ¸ā§āϤ⧁āϰ āĻ…āĻ­āĻŋāϞāĻžāώ⧀ āĻšāϞ⧇āĻ“ āφāĻŽāĻžāϰ āϗ⧁āϰ⧁āϜāύāĨ¤ āϤāĻžāρāĻĻ⧇āϰ āĻšāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻž āĻ•āϰāĻž āĻšāϞ⧇, āϝ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāϞāĻŦā§āϧ āϏāĻŽāĻ¸ā§āϤ āĻ­ā§‹āĻ—ā§āϝāĻŦāĻ¸ā§āϤ⧁ āϤāĻžāρāĻĻ⧇āϰ āϰāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŽāĻžāĻ–āĻž āĻšāĻŦ⧇āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 6
⤍ ⤚āĨˆā¤¤ā¤ĻāĨā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤ĻāĨā¤Žā¤ƒ ⤕⤤⤰⤍āĨā¤¨āĨ‹ ⤗⤰āĨ€ā¤¯āĨ‹
⤝ā¤ĻāĨā¤ĩā¤ž ⤜⤝āĨ‡ā¤Ž ⤝ā¤Ļā¤ŋ ā¤ĩā¤ž ⤍āĨ‹ ⤜⤝āĨ‡ā¤¯āĨā¤ƒāĨ¤
ā¤¯ā¤žā¤¨āĨ‡ā¤ĩ ā¤šā¤¤āĨā¤ĩā¤ž ⤍ ⤜ā¤ŋ⤜āĨ€ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤ˇā¤žā¤Ž
⤏āĨā¤¤āĨ‡ā¤Ŋā¤ĩ⤏āĨā¤Ĩā¤ŋā¤¤ā¤žā¤ƒ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤ŽāĨā¤–āĨ‡ ā¤§ā¤žā¤°āĨā¤¤ā¤°ā¤žā¤ˇāĨā¤ŸāĨā¤°ā¤žā¤ƒāĨ¤āĨ¤2.6āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āύ āϚ⧈āϤāĻĻā§ āĻŦāĻŋāĻĻā§āĻŽāσ āĻ•āϤāϰāĻ¨ā§āύ⧋ āĻ—āϰ⧀āϝāĻŧā§‹ āϝāĻĻā§ āĻŦāĻž āϜāϝāĻŧ⧇āĻŽ āϝāĻĻāĻŋ āĻŦāĻž āύ⧋ āϜāϝāĻŧ⧇āϝāĻŧ⧁āσ āĨ¤
āϝāĻžāύ⧇āĻŦ āĻšāĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻž āύ āϜāĻŋāĻœā§€āĻŦāĻŋāώāĻžāĻŽāĻ¸ā§ āϤ⧇āĻšāĻŦāĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻžāσ āĻĒā§āϰāĻŽā§āϖ⧇ āϧāĻžāĻ°ā§āϤāϰāĻžāĻˇā§āĻŸā§āϰāĻžāσ āĨĨā§ŦāĨĨ
na chaitadvidmaá¸Ĩ kataranno garÄĢyo
yadvā jayema yadi vā no jayeyuá¸Ĩ
yāneva hatvā na jijÄĢviášŖhāmas
te ’vasthitāá¸Ĩ pramukhe dhārtarÄášŖháš­rāá¸Ĩ
Word Meanings:
na—not; cha—and; etat—this; vidmaá¸Ĩ—we know; katarat—which; naá¸Ĩ—for us; garÄĢyaá¸Ĩ—is preferable; yat vā—whether; jayema—we may conquer; yadi—if; vā—or; naá¸Ĩ—us; jayeyuá¸Ĩ—they may conquer; yān—whom; eva—certainly; hatvā—after killing; na—not; jijÄĢviášŖhāmaá¸Ĩ—we desire to live; te—they; avasthitāá¸Ĩ—are standing; pramukhe—before us; dhārtarÄášŖháš­rāá¸Ĩ—the sons of Dhritarashtra
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϤāĻžāĻĻ⧇āϰ āϜāϝāĻŧ āĻ•āϰāĻž āĻļā§āϰ⧇āϝāĻŧ, āύāĻž āϤāĻžāĻĻ⧇āϰ āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻžāϰāĻž āĻĒāϰāĻžāϜāĻŋāϤ āĻšāĻ“āϝāĻŧāĻž āĻļā§āϰ⧇āϝāĻŧ, āϤāĻž āφāĻŽāĻŋ āĻŦ⧁āĻāϤ⧇ āĻĒāĻžāϰāĻ›āĻŋ āύāĻžāĨ¤ āφāĻŽāϰāĻž āϝāĻĻāĻŋ āϧ⧃āϤāϰāĻžāĻˇā§āĻŸā§āϰ⧇āϰ āĻĒ⧁āĻ¤ā§āϰāĻĻ⧇āϰ āĻšā§āĻ¤ā§āϝāĻž āĻ•āϰāĻŋ, āϤāĻžāĻšāϞ⧇ āφāĻŽāĻžāĻĻ⧇āϰ āφāϰ āĻŦ⧇āρāĻšā§‡ āĻĨāĻžāĻ•āϤ⧇ āχāĻšā§āĻ›āĻž āĻ•āϰāĻŦ⧇ āύāĻžāĨ¤ āϤāĻŦ⧁āĻ“ āĻāχ āϰāĻŖāĻžāĻ™ā§āĻ—āύ⧇ āϤāĻžāϰāĻž āφāĻŽāĻžāĻĻ⧇āϰ āϏāĻžāĻŽāύ⧇ āωāĻĒāĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇āϛ⧇ ⧎
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 7
ā¤•ā¤žā¤°āĨā¤Ē⤪āĨā¤¯ā¤ĻāĨ‹ā¤ˇāĨ‹ā¤Ēā¤šā¤¤ā¤¸āĨā¤ĩā¤­ā¤žā¤ĩ⤃
ā¤ĒāĨƒā¤šāĨā¤›ā¤žā¤Žā¤ŋ ⤤āĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤‚ ⤧⤰āĨā¤Žā¤¸ā¤‚ā¤ŽāĨ‚ā¤ĸ⤚āĨ‡ā¤¤ā¤žā¤ƒāĨ¤
⤝⤚āĨā¤›āĨā¤°āĨ‡ā¤¯ā¤ƒ ⤏āĨā¤¯ā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤¨ā¤ŋā¤ļāĨā¤šā¤ŋ⤤⤂ ā¤ŦāĨā¤°āĨ‚ā¤šā¤ŋ ⤤⤍āĨā¤ŽāĨ‡
ā¤ļā¤ŋ⤎āĨā¤¯ā¤¸āĨā¤¤āĨ‡ā¤Ŋā¤šā¤‚ ā¤ļā¤žā¤§ā¤ŋ ā¤Žā¤žā¤‚ ⤤āĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤‚ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤Ē⤍āĨā¤¨ā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤āĨ¤2.7āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ•āĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĒāĻŖā§āϝāĻĻā§‹āώ⧋āĻĒāĻšāϤāĻ¸ā§āĻŦāĻ­āĻžāĻŦāσ āĻĒ⧃āĻšā§āĻ›āĻžāĻŽāĻŋ āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻžāĻ‚ āϧāĻ°ā§āĻŽāϏāĻŽā§āĻŽā§‚āĻĸāĻŧāĻšā§‡āϤāĻžāσ āĨ¤
āϝāĻšā§āĻ›ā§āϰ⧇āϝāĻŧāσ āĻ¸ā§āϝāĻžāĻ¨ā§āύāĻŋāĻļā§āϚāĻŋāϤāĻ‚ āĻŦā§āϰ⧁āĻšāĻŋ āϤāĻ¨ā§āĻŽā§‡ āĻļāĻŋāĻˇā§āϝāĻ¸ā§āϤ⧇āĻšāĻšāĻ‚ āĻļāĻžāϧāĻŋ āĻŽāĻžāĻ‚ āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻžāĻ‚ āĻĒā§āϰāĻĒāĻ¨ā§āύāĻŽā§ āĨĨā§­āĨĨ
kārpaṇya-doášŖhopahata-svabhāvaá¸Ĩ
pṛichchhāmi tvāᚁ dharma-sammÅĢḍha-chetāá¸Ĩ
yach-chhreyaá¸Ĩ syānniśhchitaᚁ brÅĢhi tanme
śhiášŖhyaste ’haᚁ śhādhi māᚁ tvāᚁ prapannam
Word Meanings:
kārpaṇya-doášŖha—the flaw of cowardice; upahata—besieged; sva-bhāvaá¸Ĩ—nature; pṛichchhāmi—I am asking; tvām—to you; dharma—duty; sammÅĢḍha—confused; chetāá¸Ĩ—in heart; yat—what; śhreyaá¸Ĩ—best; syāt—may be; niśhchitam—decisively; brÅĢhi—tell; tat—that; me—to me; śhiášŖhyaá¸Ĩ—disciple; te—your; aham—I; śhādhi—please instruct; mām—me; tvām—unto you; prapannam—surrendered
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻ•āĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĒāĻŖā§āϝāϜāύāĻŋāϤ āĻĻ⧁āĻ°ā§āĻŦāϞāϤāĻžāϰ āĻĒā§āϰāĻ­āĻžāĻŦ⧇ āφāĻŽāĻŋ āĻāĻ–āύ āĻ•āĻŋāĻ‚āĻ•āĻ°ā§āϤāĻŦā§āϝāĻŦāĻŋāĻŽā§‚āĻĸāĻŧ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇āĻ›āĻŋ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āφāĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āϤāĻŦā§āϝ āϏāĻŽā§āĻŦāĻ¨ā§āϧ⧇ āĻŦāĻŋāĻ­ā§āϰāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇āĻ›āĻŋ ⧎āĻāχ āĻ…āĻŦāĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻžāϝāĻŧ āφāĻŽāĻŋ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϕ⧇ āϜāĻŋāĻœā§āĻžāĻžāϏāĻž āĻ•āϰāĻ›āĻŋ, āĻāĻ–āύ āĻ•āĻŋ āĻ•āϰāĻž āφāĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻĒāĻ•ā§āώ⧇ āĻļā§āϰ⧇āϝāĻŧāĻ¸ā§āĻ•āϰ, āϤāĻž āφāĻŽāĻžāϕ⧇ āĻŦāϞāĨ¤ āĻāĻ–āύ āφāĻŽāĻŋ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻļāĻŋāĻˇā§āϝ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāϤ⧋āĻ­āĻžāĻŦ⧇ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻļāϰāĻŖāĻžāĻ—āϤ ⧎ āĻĻāϝāĻŧāĻž āĻ•āϰ⧇ āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻŋ āφāĻŽāĻžāϕ⧇ āύāĻŋāĻ°ā§āĻĻ⧇āĻļ āĻĻāĻžāĻ“ āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 8
⤍ ā¤šā¤ŋ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤Ēā¤ļāĨā¤¯ā¤žā¤Žā¤ŋ ā¤Žā¤Žā¤žā¤Ē⤍āĨā¤ĻāĨā¤¯ā¤ž
ā¤ĻāĨā¤¯ā¤šāĨā¤›āĨ‹ā¤•ā¤ŽāĨā¤šāĨā¤›āĨ‹ā¤ˇā¤Ŗā¤Žā¤ŋ⤍āĨā¤ĻāĨā¤°ā¤ŋā¤¯ā¤žā¤Ŗā¤žā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤
⤅ā¤ĩā¤žā¤ĒāĨā¤¯ ⤭āĨ‚ā¤Žā¤žā¤ĩ⤏ā¤Ē⤤āĨā¤¨ā¤ŽāĨƒā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤ŽāĨ
ā¤°ā¤žā¤œāĨā¤¯ā¤‚ ⤏āĨā¤°ā¤žā¤Ŗā¤žā¤Žā¤Ēā¤ŋ ā¤šā¤žā¤§ā¤ŋā¤Ē⤤āĨā¤¯ā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤āĨ¤2.8āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āύ āĻšāĻŋ āĻĒā§āϰāĻĒāĻļā§āϝāĻžāĻŽāĻŋ āĻŽāĻŽāĻžāĻĒāύ⧁āĻĻā§āϝāĻžāĻĻā§ āϝāĻšā§āϛ⧋āĻ•āĻŽā§āĻšā§āϛ⧋āώāĻŖāĻŽāĻŋāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāĻžāύāĻžāĻŽā§ āĨ¤
āĻ…āĻŦāĻžāĻĒā§āϝ āĻ­ā§‚āĻŽāĻžāĻŦāϏāĻĒāĻ¤ā§āύāĻŽā§ƒāĻĻā§āϧāĻ‚ āϰāĻžāĻœā§āϝāĻ‚ āϏ⧁āϰāĻžāĻŖāĻžāĻŽāĻĒāĻŋ āϚāĻžāϧāĻŋāĻĒāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻŽā§ āĨĨā§ŽāĨĨ
na hi prapaśhyāmi mamāpanudyād
yach-chhokam uchchhoášŖhaṇam-indriyāṇām
avāpya bhÅĢmāv-asapatnamṛiddhaᚁ
rājyaṁ surāṇāmapi chādhipatyam
Word Meanings:
na—not; hi—certainly; prapaśhyāmi—I see; mama—my; apanudyāt—drive away; yat—which; śhokam—anguish; uchchhoášŖhaṇam—is drying up; indriyāṇām—of the senses; avāpya—after achieving; bhÅĢmau—on the earth; asapatnam—unrivalled; ṛiddham—prosperous; rājyam—kingdom; surāṇām—like the celestial gods; api—even; cha—also; ādhipatyam—sovereignty
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āφāĻŽāĻžāϰ āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāϗ⧁āϞāĻŋāϕ⧇ āĻļ⧁āĻ•āĻŋāϝāĻŧ⧇ āĻĻāĻŋāĻšā§āϛ⧇ āϝ⧇ āĻļā§‹āĻ•, āϤāĻž āĻĻā§‚āϰ āĻ•āϰāĻŦāĻžāϰ āϕ⧋āύ āωāĻĒāĻžāϝāĻŧ āφāĻŽāĻŋ āϖ⧁āρāĻœā§‡ āĻĒāĻžāĻšā§āĻ›āĻŋ āύāĻž ⧎ āĻāĻŽāύ āĻ•āĻŋ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāĻ°ā§āϗ⧇āϰ āĻĻ⧇āĻŦāϤāĻžāĻĻ⧇āϰ āĻŽāϤ⧋ āφāϧāĻŋāĻĒāĻ¤ā§āϝ āύāĻŋāϝāĻŧ⧇ āϏāĻŽā§ƒāĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāĻļāĻžāϞ⧀, āĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋāĻĻā§āĻŦāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻŋāϤāĻžāĻŦāĻŋāĻšā§€āύ āϰāĻžāĻœā§āϝ āĻāχ āĻĒ⧃āĻĨāĻŋāĻŦā§€āϤ⧇ āϞāĻžāĻ­ āĻ•āϰāϞ⧇āĻ“ āφāĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻāχ āĻļā§‹āϕ⧇āϰ āĻŦāĻŋāύāĻžāĻļ āĻšāĻŦ⧇ āύāĻžāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 9
ā¤¸ā¤žāĨā¤œā¤¯ ⤉ā¤ĩā¤žā¤š

ā¤ā¤ĩā¤ŽāĨā¤•āĨā¤¤āĨā¤ĩā¤ž ā¤šāĨƒā¤ˇāĨ€ā¤•āĨ‡ā¤ļ⤂ ⤗āĨā¤Ąā¤žā¤•āĨ‡ā¤ļ⤃ ā¤Ē⤰⤍āĨā¤¤ā¤ĒāĨ¤
⤍ ⤝āĨ‹ā¤¤āĨā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ⤇⤤ā¤ŋ ⤗āĨ‹ā¤ĩā¤ŋ⤍āĨā¤Ļā¤ŽāĨā¤•āĨā¤¤āĨā¤ĩā¤ž ⤤āĨ‚⤎āĨā¤ŖāĨ€ā¤‚ ā¤Ŧ⤭āĨ‚ā¤ĩ ā¤šāĨ¤āĨ¤2.9āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϏāĻžā§āϜāϝāĻŧ āωāĻŦāĻžāϚ

āĻāĻŦāĻŽā§āĻ•ā§āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻž āĻšā§ƒāώ⧀āϕ⧇āĻļāĻ‚ āϗ⧁āĻĄāĻŧāĻžāϕ⧇āĻļāσ āĻĒāϰāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻĒāσ āĨ¤
āύ āĻ¯ā§āĻ¯ā§‹ā§ŽāĻ¸ā§āϝ āχāϤāĻŋ āĻ—ā§‹āĻŦāĻŋāĻ¨ā§āĻĻāĻŽā§āĻ•ā§āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻž āϤ⧂āĻžā§āĻšā§€āĻ‚ āĻŦāĻ­ā§‚āĻŦ āĻš āĨĨ⧝āĨĨ
saÃąjaya uvācha
evam-uktvā hṛiášŖhÄĢkeśhaᚁ guḍākeśhaá¸Ĩ parantapa
na yotsya iti govindam uktvā tÅĢášŖhṇÄĢᚁ babhÅĢva ha
Word Meanings:
saÃąjayaá¸Ĩ uvācha—Sanjay said; evam—thus; uktvā—having spoken; hṛiášŖhÄĢkeśham—to Shree Krishna, the master of the mind and senses; guḍākeśhaá¸Ĩ—Arjun, the conquerer of sleep; parantapaá¸Ĩ—Arjun, the chastiser of the enemies; na yotsye—I shall not fight; iti—thus; govindam—Krishna, the giver of pleasure to the senses; uktvā—having addressed; tÅĢášŖhṇÄĢm—silent; babhÅĢva—became ha
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϏāĻžā§āϜāϝāĻŧ āĻŦāϞāϞ⧇āύ- āĻāĻ­āĻžāĻŦ⧇ āĻŽāύ⧋āĻ­āĻžāĻŦ āĻŦā§āϝāĻ•ā§āϤ āĻ•āϰ⧇ āϗ⧁āĻĄāĻŧāĻžāϕ⧇āĻļ āĻ…āĻ°ā§āϜ⧁āύ āϤāĻ–āύ āĻšā§ƒāώ⧀āϕ⧇āĻļāϕ⧇ āĻŦāϞāϞ⧇āύ, "āĻšā§‡ āĻ—ā§‹āĻŦāĻŋāĻ¨ā§āĻĻ ! āφāĻŽāĻŋ āϝ⧁āĻĻā§āϧ āĻ•āϰāĻŦ āύāĻž" , āĻāχ āĻŦāϞ⧇ āϤāĻŋāύāĻŋ āĻŽā§Œāύ āĻšāϞ⧇āύāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 10
ā¤¤ā¤ŽāĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤š ā¤šāĨƒā¤ˇāĨ€ā¤•āĨ‡ā¤ļ⤃ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤šā¤¸ā¤¨āĨā¤¨ā¤ŋā¤ĩ ā¤­ā¤žā¤°ā¤¤āĨ¤
⤏āĨ‡ā¤¨ā¤¯āĨ‹ā¤°āĨā¤­ā¤¯āĨ‹ā¤°āĨā¤Žā¤§āĨā¤¯āĨ‡ ā¤ĩā¤ŋ⤎āĨ€ā¤Ļ⤍āĨā¤¤ā¤Žā¤ŋā¤Ļ⤂ ā¤ĩ⤚⤃āĨ¤āĨ¤2.10āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϤāĻŽā§āĻŦāĻžāϚ āĻšā§ƒāώ⧀āϕ⧇āĻļāσ āĻĒā§āϰāĻšāϏāĻ¨ā§āύāĻŋāĻŦ āĻ­āĻžāϰāϤāĨ¤
āϏ⧇āύāϝāĻŧā§‹āϰ⧁āĻ­āϝāĻŧā§‹āĻ°ā§āĻŽāĻ§ā§āϝ⧇ āĻŦāĻŋāώ⧀āĻĻāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŽāĻŋāĻĻāĻ‚ āĻŦāϚāσ āĨĨā§§ā§ĻāĨĨ
tam-uvācha hṛiášŖhÄĢkeśhaá¸Ĩ prahasanniva bhārata
senayorubhayor-madhye viášŖhÄĢdantam-idaᚁ vachaá¸Ĩ
Word Meanings:
tam—to him; uvācha—said; hṛiášŖhÄĢkeśhaá¸Ĩ—Shree Krishna, the master of mind and senses; prahasan—smilingly; iva—as if; bhārata—Dhritarashtra, descendant of Bharat; senayoá¸Ĩ—of the armies; ubhayoá¸Ĩ—of both; madhye—in the midst of; viášŖhÄĢdantam—to the grief-stricken; idam—this; vachaá¸Ĩ—words
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻšā§‡ āĻ­āϰāϤāĻŦāĻ‚āĻļā§€āϝāĻŧ āϧ⧃āϤāϰāĻžāĻˇā§āĻŸā§āϰ ! āϏ⧇āχ āϏāĻŽāϝāĻŧ āĻ¸ā§āĻŽāĻŋāϤ āĻšā§‡āϏ⧇, āĻļā§āϰ⧀āĻ•ā§ƒāĻˇā§āĻŖ āωāĻ­āϝāĻŧ āĻĒāĻ•ā§āώ⧇āϰ āϏ⧈āĻ¨ā§āϝāĻĻ⧇āϰ āĻŽāĻžāĻāĻ–āĻžāύ⧇ āĻŦāĻŋāώāĻžāĻĻāĻ—ā§āϰāĻ¸ā§āϤ āĻ…āĻ°ā§āϜ⧁āύāϕ⧇ āĻāχ āĻ•āĻĨāĻž āĻŦāϞāϞ⧇āύāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 11
ā¤ļāĨā¤°āĨ€ ⤭⤗ā¤ĩā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤š
⤅ā¤ļāĨ‹ā¤šāĨā¤¯ā¤žā¤¨ā¤¨āĨā¤ĩā¤ļāĨ‹ā¤šā¤¸āĨā¤¤āĨā¤ĩ⤂ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤œāĨā¤žā¤žā¤ĩā¤žā¤Ļā¤žā¤‚ā¤ļāĨā¤š ā¤­ā¤žā¤ˇā¤¸āĨ‡āĨ¤
ā¤—ā¤¤ā¤žā¤¸āĨ‚ā¤¨ā¤—ā¤¤ā¤žā¤¸āĨ‚⤂ā¤ļāĨā¤š ā¤¨ā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤ļāĨ‹ā¤šā¤¨āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ ā¤Ē⤪āĨā¤Ąā¤ŋā¤¤ā¤žā¤ƒāĨ¤āĨ¤2.11āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻļā§āϰ⧀āĻ­āĻ—āĻŦāĻžāύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāϚ

āĻ…āĻļā§‹āĻšā§āϝāĻžāύāĻ¨ā§āĻŦāĻļā§‹āϚāĻ¸ā§āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻ‚ āĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻžāĻžāĻŦāĻžāĻĻāĻžāĻ‚āĻļā§āϚ āĻ­āĻžāώāϏ⧇āĨ¤
āĻ—āϤāĻžāϏ⧂āύāĻ—āϤāĻžāϏ⧂āĻ‚āĻļā§āϚ āύāĻžāύ⧁āĻļā§‹āϚāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋ āĻĒāĻŖā§āĻĄāĻŋāϤāĻžāσ āĨĨā§§ā§§āĨĨ
śhrÄĢ bhagavān uvācha
aśhochyān-anvaśhochas-tvaᚁ prajÃąÄ-vādānśh cha bhÄášŖhase
gatāsÅĢn-agatāsÅĢnśh-cha nānuśhochanti paṇḍitāá¸Ĩ
Word Meanings:
śhrÄĢ-bhagavān uvācha—the Supreme Lord said; aśhochyān—not worthy of grief; anvaśhochaá¸Ĩ—are mourning; tvam—you; prajÃąÄ-vādān—words of wisdom; cha—and; bhÄášŖhase—speaking; gata āsÅĢn—the dead; agata asÅĢn—the living; cha—and; na—never; anuśhochanti—lament; paṇḍitāá¸Ĩ—the wise
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻĒāϰāĻŽā§‡āĻļā§āĻŦāϰ āĻ­āĻ—āĻŦāĻžāύ āĻŦāϞāϞ⧇āύ- āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻŋ āĻĒā§āϰāĻžāĻœā§āĻžā§‡āϰ āĻŽāϤ⧋ āĻ•āĻĨāĻž āĻŦāϞāĻ›, āĻ…āĻĨāϚ āϝ⧇ āĻŦāĻŋāώāϝāĻŧ⧇ āĻļā§‹āĻ• āĻ•āϰāĻž āωāϚāĻŋāϤ āύāϝāĻŧ, āϏ⧇ āĻŦāĻŋāώāϝāĻŧ⧇ āĻļā§‹āĻ• āĻ•āϰāĻ›āĨ¤ āϝāĻžāρāϰāĻž āϝāĻĨāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨāχ āĻĒāĻŖā§āĻĄāĻŋāϤ āϤāĻžāρāϰāĻž āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻœā§€āĻŦāĻŋāϤ āĻ…āĻĨāĻŦāĻž āĻŽā§ƒāϤ āĻ•āĻžāϰāĻ“ āϜāĻ¨ā§āϝāχ āĻļā§‹āĻ• āĻ•āϰ⧇āύ āύāĻžāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 12
⤍ ⤤āĨā¤ĩāĨ‡ā¤ĩā¤žā¤šā¤‚ ā¤œā¤žā¤¤āĨ ā¤¨ā¤žā¤¸ā¤‚ ⤍ ⤤āĨā¤ĩ⤂ ⤍āĨ‡ā¤ŽāĨ‡ ā¤œā¤¨ā¤žā¤§ā¤ŋā¤Ēā¤žā¤ƒāĨ¤
⤍ ⤚āĨˆā¤ĩ ⤍ ⤭ā¤ĩā¤ŋ⤎āĨā¤¯ā¤žā¤Žā¤ƒ ⤏⤰āĨā¤ĩāĨ‡ ā¤ĩā¤¯ā¤Žā¤¤ā¤ƒ ā¤Ēā¤°ā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤āĨ¤2.12āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āύ āĻ¤ā§āĻŦ⧇āĻŦāĻžāĻšāĻ‚ āϜāĻžāϤ⧁ āύāĻžāϏāĻ‚ āύ āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻ‚ āύ⧇āĻŽā§‡ āϜāύāĻžāϧāĻŋāĻĒāĻžāσāĨ¤
āύ āϚ⧈āĻŦ āύ āĻ­āĻŦāĻŋāĻˇā§āϝāĻžāĻŽāσ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦ⧇ āĻŦāϝāĻŧāĻŽāϤāσāĻĒāϰāĻŽā§ āĨĨ⧧⧍āĨĨ
na tvevāhaᚁ jātu nāsaᚁ na tvaᚁ neme janādhipāá¸Ĩ
na chaiva na bhaviášŖhyāmaá¸Ĩ sarve vayamataá¸Ĩ param
Word Meanings:
na—never; tu—however; eva—certainly; aham—I; jātu—at any time; na—nor; āsam—exist; na—nor; tvam—you; na—nor; ime—these; jana-adhipāá¸Ĩ—kings; na—never; cha—also; eva—indeed; na bhaviášŖhyāmaá¸Ĩ—shall not exist; sarve vayam—all of us; ataá¸Ĩ—from now; param—after
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻāĻŽāύ āϕ⧋āύ āϏāĻŽāϝāĻŧ āĻ›āĻŋāϞ āύāĻž āϝāĻ–āύ āφāĻŽāĻŋ, āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻŋ āĻ“ āĻāχ āϏāĻŽāĻ¸ā§āϤ āϰāĻžāϜāĻžāϰāĻž āĻ›āĻŋāϞ⧇āύ āύāĻž āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āĻ­āĻŦāĻŋāĻˇā§āϝāϤ⧇āĻ“ āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āφāĻŽāĻžāĻĻ⧇āϰ āĻ…āĻ¸ā§āϤāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āĻŦ āĻŦāĻŋāύāĻˇā§āϟ āĻšāĻŦ⧇ āύāĻž āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 13
ā¤ĻāĨ‡ā¤šā¤ŋ⤍āĨ‹ā¤Ŋ⤏āĨā¤Žā¤ŋ⤍āĨā¤¯ā¤Ĩā¤ž ā¤ĻāĨ‡ā¤šāĨ‡ ⤕āĨŒā¤Žā¤žā¤°ā¤‚ ⤝āĨŒā¤ĩ⤍⤂ ā¤œā¤°ā¤žāĨ¤
⤤ā¤Ĩā¤ž ā¤ĻāĨ‡ā¤šā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤¤ā¤°ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤žā¤ĒāĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ⤰āĨā¤§āĨ€ā¤°ā¤¸āĨā¤¤ā¤¤āĨā¤° ⤍ ā¤ŽāĨā¤šāĨā¤¯ā¤¤ā¤ŋāĨ¤āĨ¤2.13āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻĻ⧇āĻšāĻŋāύ⧋āĻšāĻ¸ā§āĻŽāĻŋāĻ¨ā§ āϝāĻĨāĻž āĻĻ⧇āĻšā§‡ āĻ•ā§ŒāĻŽāĻžāϰāĻ‚ āϝ⧌āĻŦāύāĻ‚ āϜāϰāĻž āĨ¤
āϤāĻĨāĻž āĻĻ⧇āĻšāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϤāϰāĻĒā§āϰāĻžāĻĒā§āϤāĻŋāĻ°ā§āϧ⧀āϰāĻ¸ā§āϤāĻ¤ā§āϰ āύ āĻŽā§āĻšā§āϝāϤāĻŋ āĨĨā§§ā§ŠāĨĨ
dehino ’smin yathā dehe kaumāraṁ yauvanaṁ jarā
tathā dehāntara-prāptir dhÄĢras tatra na muhyati
Word Meanings:
dehinaá¸Ĩ—of the embodied; asmin—in this; yathā—as; dehe—in the body; kaumāram—childhood; yauvanam—youth; jarā—old age; tathā—similarly; deha-antara—another body; prāptiá¸Ĩ—achieves; dhÄĢraá¸Ĩ—the wise; tatra—thereupon; na muhyati—are not deluded
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻĻ⧇āĻšā§€āϰ āĻĻ⧇āĻš āϝ⧇āĻ­āĻžāĻŦ⧇ āĻ•ā§ŒāĻŽāĻžāϰ, āϝ⧌āĻŦāύ āĻ“ āϜāϰāĻžāϰ āĻŽāĻžāĻ§ā§āϝāĻŽā§‡ āϤāĻžāϰ āϰ⧂āĻĒ āĻĒāϰāĻŋāĻŦāĻ°ā§āϤāύ āĻ•āϰ⧇ āϚāϞ⧇, āĻŽā§ƒāĻ¤ā§āϝ⧁āĻ•āĻžāϞ⧇ āϤ⧇āĻŽāύāχ āϐ āĻĻ⧇āĻšā§€ ( āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻž ) āĻāĻ• āĻĻ⧇āĻš āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āĻ…āĻ¨ā§āϝ āϕ⧋āύ āĻĻ⧇āĻšā§‡ āĻĻ⧇āĻšāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϤāϰāĻŋāϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧāĨ¤ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻž āĻĒāĻŖā§āĻĄāĻŋāϤ⧇āϰāĻž āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻāχ āĻĒāϰāĻŋāĻŦāĻ°ā§āϤāύ⧇ āĻŽā§āĻšā§āϝāĻŽāĻžāύ āĻšāύ āύāĻž āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 14
ā¤Žā¤žā¤¤āĨā¤°ā¤žā¤¸āĨā¤Ē⤰āĨā¤ļā¤žā¤¸āĨā¤¤āĨ ⤕āĨŒā¤¨āĨā¤¤āĨ‡ā¤¯ ā¤ļāĨ€ā¤¤āĨ‹ā¤ˇāĨā¤Ŗā¤¸āĨā¤–ā¤ĻāĨā¤ƒā¤–ā¤Ļā¤žā¤ƒāĨ¤
ā¤†ā¤—ā¤Žā¤žā¤Ēā¤žā¤¯ā¤ŋ⤍āĨ‹ā¤Ŋ⤍ā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤¯ā¤žā¤¸āĨā¤¤ā¤žā¤‚⤏āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ⤤ā¤ŋ⤕āĨā¤ˇā¤¸āĨā¤ĩ ā¤­ā¤žā¤°ā¤¤āĨ¤āĨ¤2.14āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻŽāĻžāĻ¤ā§āϰāĻžāĻ¸ā§āĻĒāĻ°ā§āĻļāĻžāĻ¸ā§āϤ⧁ āĻ•ā§ŒāĻ¨ā§āϤ⧇āϝāĻŧ āĻļā§€āϤ⧋āĻˇā§āĻŖāϏ⧁āĻ–āĻĻ⧁āσāĻ–āĻĻāĻžāσ āĨ¤
āφāĻ—āĻŽāĻžāĻĒāĻžāϝāĻŧāĻŋāύ⧋āĻšāύāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻžāĻ¸ā§āϤāĻžāĻ‚āĻ¸ā§āϤāĻŋāϤāĻŋāĻ•ā§āώāĻ¸ā§āĻŦ āĻ­āĻžāϰāϤ āĨĨā§§ā§ĒāĨĨ
mātrā-sparśhās tu kaunteya śhÄĢtoášŖhṇa-sukha-duá¸Ĩkha-dāá¸Ĩ
āgamāpāyino ’nityās tans-titikášŖhasva bhārata
Word Meanings:
mātrā-sparśhāá¸Ĩ—contact of the senses with the sense objects; tu—indeed; kaunteya—Arjun, the son of Kunti; śhÄĢta—winter; uášŖhṇa—summer; sukha—happiness; duá¸Ĩkha—distress; dāá¸Ĩ—give; āgama—come; apāyinaá¸Ĩ—go; anityāá¸Ĩ—non-permanent; tān—them; titikášŖhasva—tolerate; bhārata—descendant of the Bharat
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻšā§‡ āĻ•ā§ŒāĻ¨ā§āϤ⧇āϝāĻŧ ! āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧ⧇āϰ āϏāĻ™ā§āϗ⧇ āĻŦāĻŋāώāϝāĻŧ⧇āϰ āϏāĻ‚āϝ⧋āϗ⧇āϰ āĻĢāϞ⧇ āĻ…āύāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝ āϏ⧁āĻ– āĻ“ āĻĻ⧁āσāϖ⧇āϰ āĻ…āύ⧁āĻ­āĻŦ āĻšāϝāĻŧ ⧎ āϏ⧇āϗ⧁āϞāĻŋ āĻ āĻŋāĻ• āϝ⧇āύ āĻļā§€āϤ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āĻ—ā§āϰ⧀āĻˇā§āĻŽ āĻ‹āϤ⧁āϰ āĻ—āĻŽāύāĻžāĻ—āĻŽāύ⧇āϰ āĻŽāϤ⧋ āĨ¤
āĻšā§‡ āĻ­āϰāϤāϕ⧁āϞ-āĻĒā§āϰāĻĻā§€āĻĒ ! āϏ⧇āχ āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧā§āϜāĻžāϤ āĻ…āύ⧁āĻ­ā§‚āϤāĻŋāϰ āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻžāϰāĻž āĻĒā§āϰāĻ­āĻžāĻŦāĻŋāϤ āύāĻž āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āϏ⧇āϗ⧁āϞāĻŋ āϏāĻšā§āϝ āĻ•āϰāĻžāϰ āĻšā§‡āĻˇā§āϟāĻž āĻ•āϰāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 15
⤝⤂ ā¤šā¤ŋ ⤍ ā¤ĩāĨā¤¯ā¤Ĩ⤝⤍āĨā¤¤āĨā¤¯āĨ‡ā¤¤āĨ‡ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°āĨā¤ˇā¤‚ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°āĨā¤ˇā¤°āĨā¤ˇā¤­āĨ¤
ā¤¸ā¤Žā¤ĻāĨā¤ƒā¤–⤏āĨā¤–⤂ ⤧āĨ€ā¤°ā¤‚ ⤏āĨ‹ā¤Ŋā¤ŽāĨƒā¤¤ā¤¤āĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤¯ ⤕⤞āĨā¤Ē⤤āĨ‡āĨ¤āĨ¤2.15āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϝāĻ‚ āĻšāĻŋ āύ āĻŦā§āϝāĻĨāϝāĻŧāĻ¨ā§āĻ¤ā§āϝ⧇āϤ⧇ āĻĒ⧁āϰ⧁āώāĻ‚ āĻĒ⧁āϰ⧁āώāĻ°ā§āώāĻ­ āĨ¤
āϏāĻŽāĻĻ⧁āσāĻ–āϏ⧁āĻ–āĻ‚ āϧ⧀āϰāĻ‚ āϏ⧋āĻšāĻŽā§ƒāϤāĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻžāϝāĻŧ āĻ•āĻ˛ā§āĻĒāϤ⧇ āĨĨā§§ā§ĢāĨĨ
yaᚁ hi na vyathayantyete puruášŖhaᚁ puruášŖharášŖhabha
sama-duá¸Ĩkha-sukhaᚁ dhÄĢraᚁ so ’mṛitatvāya kalpate
Word Meanings:
yam—whom; hi—verily; na—not; vyathayanti—distressed; ete—these; puruášŖham—person; puruášŖha-ṛiášŖhabha—the noblest amongst men, Arjun; sama—equipoised; duá¸Ĩkha—distress; sukham—happiness; dhÄĢram—steady; saá¸Ĩ—that person; amṛitatvāya—for liberation; kalpate—becomes eligible
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻšā§‡ āĻĒ⧁āϰ⧁āώāĻļā§āϰ⧇āĻˇā§āĻ  (āĻ…āĻ°ā§āϜ⧁āύ) ! āϝ⧇ āĻœā§āĻžāĻžāύ⧀ āĻŦā§āϝāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋ āϏ⧁āĻ– āĻ“ āĻĻ⧁āσāĻ–āϕ⧇ āϏāĻŽāĻžāύ āĻœā§āĻžāĻžāύ āĻ•āϰ⧇āύ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āĻļā§€āϤ āĻ“ āωāĻˇā§āĻŖ āφāĻĻāĻŋ āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āĻŦ⧇ āĻŦāĻŋāϚāϞāĻŋāϤ āĻšāύ āύāĻž, āϤāĻŋāύāĻŋāχ āĻŽā§āĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋ āϞāĻžāϭ⧇āϰ āĻĒā§āϰāĻ•ā§ƒāϤ āĻ…āϧāĻŋāĻ•āĻžāϰ⧀āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 16
ā¤¨ā¤žā¤¸ā¤¤āĨ‹ ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤ĻāĨā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡ ā¤­ā¤žā¤ĩāĨ‹ ā¤¨ā¤žā¤­ā¤žā¤ĩāĨ‹ ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤ĻāĨā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡ ⤏⤤⤃āĨ¤
⤉⤭⤝āĨ‹ā¤°ā¤Ēā¤ŋ ā¤ĻāĨƒā¤ˇāĨā¤ŸāĨ‹ā¤Ŋ⤍āĨā¤¤ā¤¸āĨā¤¤āĨā¤ĩ⤍⤝āĨ‹ā¤¸āĨā¤¤ā¤¤āĨā¤¤āĨā¤ĩā¤Ļ⤰āĨā¤ļā¤ŋ⤭ā¤ŋ⤃āĨ¤āĨ¤2.16āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āύāĻžāϏāϤ⧋ āĻŦāĻŋāĻĻā§āϝāϤ⧇ āĻ­āĻžāĻŦā§‹ āύāĻžāĻ­āĻžāĻŦā§‹ āĻŦāĻŋāĻĻā§āϝāϤ⧇ āϏāϤāσ āĨ¤
āωāĻ­āϝāĻŧā§‹āϰāĻĒāĻŋ āĻĻ⧃āĻˇā§āĻŸā§‹āĻšāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻ¸ā§āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāύāϝāĻŧā§‹āĻ¸ā§āϤāĻ¤ā§āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻĻāĻ°ā§āĻļāĻŋāĻ­āĻŋāσ āĨĨā§§ā§ŦāĨĨ
nāsato vidyate bhāvo nābhāvo vidyate sataá¸Ĩ
ubhayorapi dṛiášŖháš­o ’nta stvanayos tattva-darśhibhiá¸Ĩ
Word Meanings:
na—no; asataá¸Ĩ—of the temporary; vidyate—there is; bhāvaá¸Ĩ—is; na—no; abhāvaá¸Ĩ—cessation; vidyate—is; sataá¸Ĩ—of the eternal; ubhayoá¸Ĩ—of the two; api—also; dṛiášŖháš­aá¸Ĩ—observed; antaá¸Ĩ—conclusion; tu—verily; anayoá¸Ĩ—of these; tattva—of the truth; darśhibhiá¸Ĩ—by the seers
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϝāĻžāρāϰāĻž āϤāĻ¤ā§āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻĻā§āϰāĻˇā§āϟāĻž āϤāĻžāρāϰāĻž āϏāĻŋāĻĻā§āϧāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϤ āĻ•āϰ⧇āϛ⧇āύ āϝ⧇, āĻ…āύāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝ āϜāĻĄāĻŧ āĻŦāĻ¸ā§āϤ⧁āϰ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻžāϝāĻŧāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āĻŦ āύ⧇āχ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āύāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝ āĻŦāĻ¸ā§āϤ⧁ āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻŦāĻŋāύāĻžāĻļ āĻšāϝāĻŧ āύāĻžāĨ¤ āϤāĻžāρāϰāĻž āωāĻ­āϝāĻŧ āĻĒā§āϰāĻ•ā§ƒāϤāĻŋāϰ āϝāĻĨāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāϰ⧂āĻĒ āωāĻĒāϞāĻŦā§āϧāĻŋ āĻ•āϰ⧇ āĻāχ āϏāĻŋāĻĻā§āϧāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϤ⧇ āωāĻĒāύ⧀āϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇āϛ⧇āύāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 17
⤅ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤¨ā¤žā¤ļā¤ŋ ⤤āĨ ⤤ā¤ĻāĨā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤ŋ ⤝āĨ‡ā¤¨ ⤏⤰āĨā¤ĩā¤Žā¤ŋā¤Ļ⤂ ā¤¤ā¤¤ā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤
ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤¨ā¤žā¤ļā¤Žā¤ĩāĨā¤¯ā¤¯ā¤¸āĨā¤¯ā¤žā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ⤍ ⤕ā¤ļāĨā¤šā¤ŋ⤤āĨ ⤕⤰āĨā¤¤āĨā¤Žā¤°āĨā¤šā¤¤ā¤ŋāĨ¤āĨ¤2.17āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ…āĻŦāĻŋāύāĻžāĻļāĻŋ āϤ⧁ āϤāĻĻā§āĻŦāĻŋāĻĻā§āϧāĻŋ āϝ⧇āύ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻŽāĻŋāĻĻāĻ‚ āϤāϤāĻŽā§ āĨ¤
āĻŦāĻŋāύāĻžāĻļāĻŽāĻŦā§āϝāϝāĻŧāĻ¸ā§āϝāĻžāĻ¸ā§āϝ āύ āĻ•āĻļā§āϚāĻŋā§Ž āĻ•āĻ°ā§āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻ°ā§āĻšāϤāĻŋ āĨĨā§§ā§­āĨĨ
avināśhi tu tadviddhi yena sarvam idaᚁ tatam
vināśham avyayasyāsya na kaśhchit kartum arhati
Word Meanings:
avināśhi—indestructible; tu—indeed; tat—that; viddhi—know; yena—by whom; sarvam—entire; idam—this; tatam—pervaded; vināśham—destruction; avyayasya—of the imperishable; asya—of it; na kaśhchit—no one; kartum—to cause; arhati—is able
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϝāĻž āϏāĻŽāĻ—ā§āϰ āĻļāϰ⧀āϰ⧇ āĻĒāϰāĻŋāĻŦā§āϝāĻžāĻĒā§āϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āϰāϝāĻŧ⧇āϛ⧇, āϤāĻžāϕ⧇ āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻŋ āĻ…āĻŦāĻŋāύāĻžāĻļā§€ āĻŦāϞ⧇ āϜāĻžāύāĻŦ⧇⧎ āϏ⧇āχ āĻ…āĻŦā§āϝāϝāĻŧ āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻžāϕ⧇ āϕ⧇āω āĻŦāĻŋāύāĻžāĻļ āĻ•āϰāϤ⧇ āϏāĻ•ā§āώāĻŽ āύāϝāĻŧāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 18
⤅⤍āĨā¤¤ā¤ĩ⤍āĨā¤¤ ā¤‡ā¤ŽāĨ‡ ā¤ĻāĨ‡ā¤šā¤ž ⤍ā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤¯ā¤¸āĨā¤¯āĨ‹ā¤•āĨā¤¤ā¤žā¤ƒ ā¤ļ⤰āĨ€ā¤°ā¤ŋ⤪⤃āĨ¤
ā¤…ā¤¨ā¤žā¤ļā¤ŋ⤍āĨ‹ā¤Ŋā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤ŽāĨ‡ā¤¯ā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ⤤⤏āĨā¤Žā¤žā¤ĻāĨā¤¯āĨā¤§āĨā¤¯ā¤¸āĨā¤ĩ ā¤­ā¤žā¤°ā¤¤āĨ¤āĨ¤2.18āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ…āĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŦāĻ¨ā§āϤ āχāĻŽā§‡ āĻĻ⧇āĻšāĻž āύāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻ¸ā§āϝ⧋āĻ•ā§āϤāĻžāσ āĻļāϰ⧀āϰāĻŋāĻŖāσ āĨ¤
āĻ…āύāĻžāĻļāĻŋāύ⧋āĻšāĻĒā§āϰāĻŽā§‡āϝāĻŧāĻ¸ā§āϝ āϤāĻ¸ā§āĻŽāĻžāĻĻā§ āϝ⧁āĻ§ā§āϝāĻ¸ā§āĻŦ āĻ­āĻžāϰāϤ āĨĨā§§ā§ŽāĨĨ
antavanta ime dehā nityasyoktāá¸Ĩ śharÄĢriṇaá¸Ĩ
anāśhino ’prameyasya tasmād yudhyasva bhārata
Word Meanings:
anta-vantaá¸Ĩ—having an end; ime—these; dehāá¸Ĩ—material bodies; nityasya—eternally; uktāá¸Ĩ—are said; śharÄĢriṇaá¸Ĩ—of the embodied soul; anāśhinaá¸Ĩ—indestructible; aprameyasya—immeasurable; tasmāt—therefore; yudhyasva—fight; bhārata—descendant of Bharat, Arjun
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻ…āĻŦāĻŋāύāĻžāĻļā§€, āĻ…āĻĒāϰāĻŋāĻŽā§‡āϝāĻŧ āĻ“ āĻļāĻžāĻļā§āĻŦāϤ āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻžāϰ āϜāĻĄāĻŧ āĻĻ⧇āĻš āύāĻŋāσāϏāĻ¨ā§āĻĻ⧇āĻšā§‡ āĻŦāĻŋāύāĻžāĻļāĻļā§€āϞ⧎ āĻ…āϤāĻāĻŦ āĻšā§‡ āĻ­āĻžāϰāϤ ! āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻŋ āĻļāĻžāĻ¸ā§āĻ¤ā§āϰāĻŦāĻŋāĻšāĻŋāϤ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāϧāĻ°ā§āĻŽ āĻĒāϰāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻžāĻ— āύāĻž āĻ•āϰ⧇ āϝ⧁āĻĻā§āϧ āĻ•āϰāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 19
⤝ ā¤ā¤¨ā¤‚ ā¤ĩāĨ‡ā¤¤āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ ā¤šā¤¨āĨā¤¤ā¤žā¤°ā¤‚ ⤝ā¤ļāĨā¤šāĨˆā¤¨ā¤‚ ā¤Žā¤¨āĨā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡ ā¤šā¤¤ā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤
⤉⤭āĨŒ ⤤āĨŒ ⤍ ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤œā¤žā¤¨āĨ€ā¤¤āĨ‹ ā¤¨ā¤žā¤¯ā¤‚ ā¤šā¤¨āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ ⤍ ā¤šā¤¨āĨā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡āĨ¤āĨ¤2.19āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϝ āĻāύāĻ‚ āĻŦ⧇āĻ¤ā§āϤāĻŋ āĻšāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻžāϰāĻ‚ āϝāĻļā§āϚ⧈āύāĻ‚ āĻŽāĻ¨ā§āϝāϤ⧇ āĻšāϤāĻŽā§ āĨ¤
āωāϭ⧌ āϤ⧌ āύ āĻŦāĻŋāϜāĻžāύ⧀āϤ⧋ āύāĻžāϝāĻŧāĻ‚ āĻšāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋ āύ āĻšāĻ¨ā§āϝāϤ⧇ āĨĨ⧧⧝āĨĨ
ya enaᚁ vetti hantāraᚁ yaśh chainaᚁ manyate hatam
ubhau tau na vijānÄĢto nāyaᚁ hanti na hanyate
Word Meanings:
yaá¸Ĩ—one who; enam—this; vetti—knows; hantāram—the slayer; yaá¸Ĩ—one who; cha—and; enam—this; manyate—thinks; hatam—slain; ubhau—both; tau—they; na—not; vijānÄĢtaá¸Ĩ—in knowledge; na—neither; ayam—this; hanti—slays; na—nor; hanyate—is killed
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϝāĻŋāύāĻŋ āĻœā§€āĻŦāĻžāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻžāϕ⧇ āĻšāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻž āĻŦāϞ⧇ āĻŽāύ⧇ āĻ•āϰ⧇āύ āĻ•āĻŋāĻ‚āĻŦāĻž āϝāĻŋāύāĻŋ āĻāϕ⧇ āύāĻŋāĻšāϤ āĻŦāϞ⧇ āĻ­āĻžāĻŦ⧇āύ, āϤāĻžāρāϰāĻž āωāĻ­āϝāĻŧ⧇āχ āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻĒā§āϰāĻ•ā§ƒāϤ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāϰ⧂āĻĒ āϜāĻžāύ⧇āύāĻž āύāĻžāĨ¤ āĻ•āĻžāϰāĻŖ āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻž āĻ•āĻžāωāϕ⧇ āĻšāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻž āĻ•āϰ⧇āύ āύāĻž āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āĻ•āĻžāϰāĻ“ āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻžāϰāĻž āύāĻŋāĻšāϤāĻ“ āĻšāύ āύāĻžāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 20
⤍ ā¤œā¤žā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡ ā¤ŽāĨā¤°ā¤ŋ⤝⤤āĨ‡ ā¤ĩā¤ž ⤕ā¤Ļā¤žā¤šā¤ŋ
⤍āĨā¤¨ā¤žā¤¯ā¤‚ ⤭āĨ‚⤤āĨā¤ĩā¤ž ⤭ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤¤ā¤ž ā¤ĩā¤ž ⤍ ⤭āĨ‚ā¤¯ā¤ƒāĨ¤
ā¤…ā¤œāĨ‹ ⤍ā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤¯ā¤ƒ ā¤ļā¤žā¤ļāĨā¤ĩ⤤āĨ‹ā¤Ŋ⤝⤂ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤žā¤ŖāĨ‹
⤍ ā¤šā¤¨āĨā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡ ā¤šā¤¨āĨā¤¯ā¤Žā¤žā¤¨āĨ‡ ā¤ļ⤰āĨ€ā¤°āĨ‡āĨ¤āĨ¤2.20āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āύ āϜāĻžāϝāĻŧāϤ⧇ āĻŽā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāϤ⧇ āĻŦāĻž āĻ•āĻĻāĻžāϚāĻŋāĻ¨ā§ āύāĻžāϝāĻŧāĻ‚ āĻ­ā§‚āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻž āĻ­āĻŦāĻŋāϤāĻž āĻŦāĻž āύ āĻ­ā§‚āϝāĻŧāσ āĨ¤
āĻ…āĻœā§‹ āύāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝāσ āĻļāĻžāĻļā§āĻŦāϤ⧋āĻšāϝāĻŧāĻ‚ āĻĒ⧁āϰāĻžāĻŖā§‹ āύ āĻšāĻ¨ā§āϝāϤ⧇ āĻšāĻ¨ā§āϝāĻŽāĻžāύ⧇ āĻļāϰ⧀āϰ⧇ āĨĨ⧍ā§ĻāĨĨ
na jāyate mriyate vā kadāchin
nāyaᚁ bhÅĢtvā bhavitā vā na bhÅĢyaá¸Ĩ
ajo nityaá¸Ĩ śhāśhvato ’yaᚁ purāṇo
na hanyate hanyamāne śharÄĢre
Word Meanings:
na jāyate—is not born; mriyate—dies; vā—or; kadāchit—at any time; na—not; ayam—this; bhÅĢtvā—having once existed; bhavitā—will be; vā—or; na—not; bhÅĢyaá¸Ĩ—further; ajaá¸Ĩ—unborn; nityaá¸Ĩ—eternal; śhāśhvataá¸Ĩ—immortal; ayam—this; purāṇaá¸Ĩ—the ancient; na hanyate—is not destroyed; hanyamāne—is destroyed; śharÄĢre—when the body
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āϜāĻ¨ā§āĻŽ āĻšāϝāĻŧ āύāĻž āĻŦāĻž āĻŽā§ƒāĻ¤ā§āϝ⧁ āĻšāϝāĻŧ āύāĻž, āĻ…āĻĨāĻŦāĻž āĻĒ⧁āύāσ āĻĒ⧁āύāσ āϤāĻžāρāϰ āĻ‰ā§ŽāĻĒāĻ¤ā§āϤāĻŋ āĻŦāĻž āĻŦ⧃āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋ āĻšāϝāĻŧ āύāĻžā§ˇ āϤāĻŋāύāĻŋ āϜāĻ¨ā§āĻŽāϰāĻšāĻŋāϤ āĻļāĻžāĻļā§āĻŦāϤ, āύāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āĻĒ⧁āϰāĻžāϤāύ āĻšāϞ⧇āĻ“ āϚāĻŋāϰāύāĻŦā§€āύāĨ¤ āĻļāϰ⧀āϰ āύāĻˇā§āϟ āĻšāϞ⧇āĻ“ āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻž āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻŦāĻŋāύāĻˇā§āϟ āĻšāϝāĻŧ āύāĻžāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 21
ā¤ĩāĨ‡ā¤Ļā¤žā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤¨ā¤žā¤ļā¤ŋ⤍⤂ ⤍ā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤¯ā¤‚ ⤝ ā¤ā¤¨ā¤Žā¤œā¤Žā¤ĩāĨā¤¯ā¤¯ā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤
⤕ā¤Ĩ⤂ ⤏ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°āĨā¤ˇā¤ƒ ā¤Ēā¤žā¤°āĨā¤Ĩ ⤕⤂ ā¤˜ā¤žā¤¤ā¤¯ā¤¤ā¤ŋ ā¤šā¤¨āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ ā¤•ā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤āĨ¤2.21āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻŦ⧇āĻĻāĻžāĻŦāĻŋāύāĻžāĻļāĻŋāύāĻ‚ āύāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻ‚ āϝ āĻāύāĻŽāϜāĻŽāĻŦā§āϝāϝāĻŧāĻŽā§āĨ¤
āĻ•āĻĨāĻ‚ āϏ āĻĒ⧁āϰ⧁āώāσ āĻĒāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ āĻ•āĻ‚ āϘāĻžāϤāϝāĻŧāϤāĻŋ āĻšāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋ āĻ•āĻŽā§ āĨĨ⧍⧧āĨĨ
vedāvināśhinaᚁ nityaᚁ ya enam ajam avyayam
kathaᚁ sa puruášŖhaá¸Ĩ pārtha kaᚁ ghātayati hanti kam
Word Meanings:
veda—knows; avināśhinam—imperishable; nityam—eternal; yaá¸Ĩ—who; enam—this; ajam—unborn; avyayam—immutable; katham—how; saá¸Ĩ—that; puruášŖhaá¸Ĩ—person; pārtha—Parth; kam—whom; ghātayati—causes to be killed; hanti—kills; kam—whom
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻšā§‡ āĻĒāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ ! āϝāĻŋāύāĻŋ āĻāχ āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻžāϕ⧇ āĻ…āĻŦāĻŋāύāĻžāĻļā§€, āĻļāĻžāĻļā§āĻŦāϤ, āϜāĻ¨ā§āĻŽāϰāĻšāĻŋāϤ āĻ“ āĻ…āĻ•ā§āώāϝāĻŧ āĻŦāϞ⧇ āϜāĻžāύ⧇āύ, āϤāĻŋāύāĻŋ āĻ•āĻŋāĻ­āĻžāĻŦ⧇ āĻ•āĻžāωāϕ⧇ āĻšāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻž āĻ•āϰāϤ⧇ āĻŦāĻž āĻšāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻž āĻ•āϰāĻžāϤ⧇ āĻĒāĻžāϰ⧇āύ ?
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 22
ā¤ĩā¤žā¤¸ā¤žā¤‚ā¤¸ā¤ŋ ⤜āĨ€ā¤°āĨā¤Ŗā¤žā¤¨ā¤ŋ ⤝ā¤Ĩā¤ž ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤šā¤žā¤¯
⤍ā¤ĩā¤žā¤¨ā¤ŋ ⤗āĨƒā¤šāĨā¤Ŗā¤žā¤¤ā¤ŋ ⤍⤰āĨ‹ā¤Ŋā¤Ēā¤°ā¤žā¤Ŗā¤ŋāĨ¤
⤤ā¤Ĩā¤ž ā¤ļ⤰āĨ€ā¤°ā¤žā¤Ŗā¤ŋ ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤šā¤žā¤¯ ⤜āĨ€ā¤°āĨā¤Ŗā¤ž
⤍āĨā¤¯ā¤¨āĨā¤¯ā¤žā¤¨ā¤ŋ ā¤¸ā¤‚ā¤¯ā¤žā¤¤ā¤ŋ ⤍ā¤ĩā¤žā¤¨ā¤ŋ ā¤ĻāĨ‡ā¤šāĨ€āĨ¤āĨ¤2.22āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻŦāĻžāϏāĻžāĻ‚āϏāĻŋ āĻœā§€āĻ°ā§āĻŖāĻžāύāĻŋ āϝāĻĨāĻž āĻŦāĻŋāĻšāĻžāϝāĻŧ āύāĻŦāĻžāύāĻŋ āĻ—ā§ƒāĻšā§āĻŖāĻžāϤāĻŋ āύāϰ⧋āĻšāĻĒāϰāĻžāĻŖāĻŋ āĨ¤
āϤāĻĨāĻž āĻļāϰ⧀āϰāĻžāĻŖāĻŋ āĻŦāĻŋāĻšāĻžāϝāĻŧ āĻœā§€āĻ°ā§āĻŖāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϝ- āĻ¨ā§āϝāĻžāύāĻŋ āϏāĻ‚āϝāĻžāϤāĻŋ āύāĻŦāĻžāύāĻŋ āĻĻ⧇āĻšā§€ āĨĨ⧍⧍āĨĨ
vāsānsi jÄĢrṇāni yathā vihāya
navāni gṛihṇāti naro ’parāṇi
tathā śharÄĢrāṇi vihāya jÄĢrṇānya
nyāni sanyāti navāni dehÄĢ
Word Meanings:
vāsānsi—garments; jÄĢrṇāni—worn-out; yathā—as; vihāya—sheds; navāni—new; gṛihṇāti—accepts; naraá¸Ĩ—a person; aparāṇi—others; tathā—likewise; śharÄĢrāṇi—bodies; vihāya—casting off; jirṇāni—worn-out; anyāni—other; sanyāti—enters; navāni—new; dehÄĢ—the embodied soul
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻŽāĻžāύ⧁āώ āϝ⧇āĻŽāύ āĻœā§€āĻ°ā§āĻŖ āĻŦāĻ¸ā§āĻ¤ā§āϰ āĻĒāϰāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻžāĻ— āĻ•āϰ⧇ āύāϤ⧁āύ āĻŦāĻ¸ā§āĻ¤ā§āϰ āĻĒāϰāĻŋāϧāĻžāύ āĻ•āϰ⧇, āĻĻ⧇āĻšā§€āĻ“ āϤ⧇āĻŽāύāχ āĻœā§€āĻ°ā§āĻŖ āĻļāϰ⧀āϰ āĻ¤ā§āϝāĻžāĻ— āĻ•āϰ⧇ āύāϤ⧁āύ āĻĻ⧇āĻš āϧāĻžāϰāĻŖ āĻ•āϰ⧇āύāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 23
⤍āĨˆā¤¨ā¤‚ ⤛ā¤ŋ⤍āĨā¤Ļ⤍āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ ā¤ļ⤏āĨā¤¤āĨā¤°ā¤žā¤Ŗā¤ŋ ⤍āĨˆā¤¨ā¤‚ ā¤Ļā¤šā¤¤ā¤ŋ ā¤Ēā¤žā¤ĩā¤•ā¤ƒāĨ¤
⤍ ⤚āĨˆā¤¨ā¤‚ ⤕āĨā¤˛āĨ‡ā¤Ļ⤝⤍āĨā¤¤āĨā¤¯ā¤žā¤ĒāĨ‹ ⤍ ā¤ļāĨ‹ā¤ˇā¤¯ā¤¤ā¤ŋ ā¤Žā¤žā¤°āĨā¤¤ā¤ƒāĨ¤āĨ¤2.23āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āύ⧈āύāĻ‚ āĻ›āĻŋāĻ¨ā§āĻĻāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋ āĻļāĻ¸ā§āĻ¤ā§āϰāĻžāĻŖāĻŋ āύ⧈āύāĻ‚ āĻĻāĻšāϤāĻŋ āĻĒāĻžāĻŦāĻ•āσ āĨ¤
āύ āϚ⧈āύāĻ‚ āĻ•ā§āϞ⧇āĻĻāϝāĻŧāĻ¨ā§āĻ¤ā§āϝāĻžāĻĒā§‹ āύ āĻļā§‹āώāϝāĻŧāϤāĻŋ āĻŽāĻžāϰ⧁āϤāσ āĨĨā§¨ā§ŠāĨĨ
nainaᚁ chhindanti śhastrāṇi nainaᚁ dahati pāvakaá¸Ĩ
na chainaᚁ kledayantyāpo na śhoášŖhayati mārutaá¸Ĩ
Word Meanings:
na—not; enam—this soul; chhindanti—shred; śhastrāṇi—weapons; na—nor; enam—this soul; dahati—burns; pāvakaá¸Ĩ—fire; na—not; cha—and; enam—this soul; kledayanti—moisten; āpaá¸Ĩ—water; na—nor; śhoášŖhayati—dry; mārutaá¸Ĩ—wind
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻžāϕ⧇ āĻ…āĻ¸ā§āĻ¤ā§āϰ⧇āϰ āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻžāϰāĻž āĻ•āĻžāϟāĻž āϝāĻžāϝāĻŧ āύāĻž, āφāϗ⧁āύ⧇ āĻĒā§‹āĻĄāĻŧāĻžāύ āϝāĻžāϝāĻŧ āύāĻž, āϜāϞ⧇ āϭ⧇āϜāĻžāύ⧋ āϝāĻžāϝāĻŧ āύāĻž, āĻ…āĻĨāĻŦāĻž āĻšāĻžāĻ“āϝāĻŧāĻžāϤ⧇ āĻļ⧁āĻ•āĻžāύ⧋āĻ“ āϝāĻžāϝāĻŧ āύāĻžāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 24
ā¤…ā¤šāĨā¤›āĨ‡ā¤ĻāĨā¤¯āĨ‹ā¤Ŋā¤¯ā¤Žā¤Ļā¤žā¤šāĨā¤¯āĨ‹ā¤Ŋā¤¯ā¤Žā¤•āĨā¤˛āĨ‡ā¤ĻāĨā¤¯āĨ‹ā¤Ŋā¤ļāĨ‹ā¤ˇāĨā¤¯ ā¤ā¤ĩ ⤚āĨ¤
⤍ā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤¯ā¤ƒ ⤏⤰āĨā¤ĩā¤—ā¤¤ā¤ƒ ⤏āĨā¤Ĩā¤žā¤ŖāĨā¤°ā¤šā¤˛āĨ‹ā¤Ŋ⤝⤂ ā¤¸ā¤¨ā¤žā¤¤ā¤¨ā¤ƒāĨ¤āĨ¤2.24āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ…āĻšā§āϛ⧇āĻĻā§āϝ⧋āĻšāϝāĻŧāĻŽāĻĻāĻžāĻšā§āϝ⧋āĻšāϝāĻŧāĻŽāĻ•ā§āϞ⧇āĻĻā§āϝ⧋āĻšāĻļā§‹āĻˇā§āϝ āĻāĻŦ āϚ āĨ¤
āύāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝāσ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻ—āϤāσ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻžāϪ⧁āϰāϚāϞ⧋āĻšāϝāĻŧāĻ‚ āϏāύāĻžāϤāύāσ āĨĨ⧍ā§ĒāĨĨ
achchhedyo ’yam adāhyo ’yam akledyo ’śhoášŖhya eva cha
nityaá¸Ĩ sarva-gataá¸Ĩ sthāṇur achalo ’yaᚁ sanātanaá¸Ĩ
Word Meanings:
achchhedyaá¸Ĩ—unbreakable; ayam—this soul; adāhyaá¸Ĩ—incombustible; ayam—this soul; akledyaá¸Ĩ—cannot be dampened; aśhoášŖhyaá¸Ĩ—cannot be dried; eva—indeed; cha—and; nityaá¸Ĩ—everlasting; sarva-gataá¸Ĩ—all-pervading; sthāṇuá¸Ĩ—unalterable; achalaá¸Ĩ—immutable; ayam—this soul; sanātanaá¸Ĩ—primordial
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻāχ āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻž āĻ…āĻšā§āϛ⧇āĻĻā§āϝ, āĻ…āĻĻāĻžāĻšā§āϝ, āĻ…āĻ•ā§āϞ⧇āĻĻā§āϝ āĻ“ āĻ…āĻļā§‹āĻˇā§āϝāĨ¤ āϤāĻŋāύāĻŋ āϚāĻŋāϰāĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻžāϝāĻŧā§€, āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻŦā§āϝāĻĒā§āϤ, āĻ…āĻĒāϰāĻŋāĻŦāĻ°ā§āϤāύ⧀āϝāĻŧ, āĻ…āϚāϞ āĻ“ āϏāύāĻžāϤāύāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 25
⤅ā¤ĩāĨā¤¯ā¤•āĨā¤¤āĨ‹ā¤Ŋā¤¯ā¤Žā¤šā¤ŋ⤍āĨā¤¤āĨā¤¯āĨ‹ā¤Ŋā¤¯ā¤Žā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤•ā¤žā¤°āĨā¤¯āĨ‹ā¤Ŋā¤¯ā¤ŽāĨā¤šāĨā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡āĨ¤
⤤⤏āĨā¤Žā¤žā¤ĻāĨ‡ā¤ĩ⤂ ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤Ļā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤ĩāĨˆā¤¨ā¤‚ ā¤¨ā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤ļāĨ‹ā¤šā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤Žā¤°āĨā¤šā¤¸ā¤ŋāĨ¤āĨ¤2.25āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ…āĻŦā§āϝāĻ•ā§āϤ⧋āĻšāϝāĻŧāĻŽāϚāĻŋāĻ¨ā§āĻ¤ā§āϝ⧋āĻšāϝāĻŧāĻŽāĻŦāĻŋāĻ•āĻžāĻ°ā§āϝ⧋āĻšāϝāĻŧāĻŽā§āĻšā§āϝāϤ⧇ āĨ¤
āϤāĻ¸ā§āĻŽāĻžāĻĻ⧇āĻŦāĻ‚ āĻŦāĻŋāĻĻāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āĻŦ⧈āύāĻ‚ āύāĻžāύ⧁āĻļā§‹āϚāĻŋāϤ⧁āĻŽāĻ°ā§āĻšāϏāĻŋ āĨĨ⧍ā§ĢāĨĨ
avyakto ’yam achintyo ’yam avikāryo ’yam uchyate
tasmādevaᚁ viditvainaᚁ nānuśhochitum arhasi
Word Meanings:
avyaktaá¸Ĩ—unmanifested; ayam—this soul; achintyaá¸Ĩ—inconceivable; ayam—this soul; avikāryaá¸Ĩ—unchangeable; ayam—this soul; uchyate—is said; tasmāt—therefore; evam—thus; viditvā—having known; enam—this soul; na—not; anuśhochitum—to grieve; arhasi—befitting
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻāχ āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻž āĻ…āĻŦā§āϝāĻ•ā§āϤ, āĻ…āϚāĻŋāĻ¨ā§āĻ¤ā§āϝ āĻ“ āĻ…āĻŦāĻŋāĻ•āĻžāϰ⧀ āĻŦāϞ⧇ āĻļāĻžāĻ¸ā§āĻ¤ā§āϰ⧇ āωāĻ•ā§āϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇āϛ⧇āĨ¤ āĻ…āϤāĻāĻŦ āĻāχ āϏāύāĻžāϤāύ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāϰ⧂āĻĒ āĻ…āĻŦāĻ—āϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āĻĻ⧇āĻšā§‡āϰ āϜāĻ¨ā§āϝ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻļā§‹āĻ• āĻ•āϰāĻž āωāϚāĻŋāϤ āύāϝāĻŧ āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 26
⤅ā¤Ĩ ⤚āĨˆā¤¨ā¤‚ ⤍ā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤¯ā¤œā¤žā¤¤ā¤‚ ⤍ā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤¯ā¤‚ ā¤ĩā¤ž ā¤Žā¤¨āĨā¤¯ā¤¸āĨ‡ ā¤ŽāĨƒā¤¤ā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤
⤤ā¤Ĩā¤žā¤Ēā¤ŋ ⤤āĨā¤ĩ⤂ ā¤Žā¤šā¤žā¤Ŧā¤žā¤šāĨ‹ ⤍āĨˆā¤ĩ⤂ ā¤ļāĨ‹ā¤šā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤Žā¤°āĨā¤šā¤¸ā¤ŋāĨ¤āĨ¤2.26āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ…āĻĨ āϚ⧈āύāĻ‚ āύāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝāϜāĻžāϤāĻ‚ āύāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻ‚ āĻŦāĻž āĻŽāĻ¨ā§āϝāϏ⧇ āĻŽā§ƒāϤāĻŽā§ āĨ¤
āϤāĻĨāĻžāĻĒāĻŋ āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻ‚ āĻŽāĻšāĻžāĻŦāĻžāĻšā§‹ āύ⧈āύāĻ‚ āĻļā§‹āϚāĻŋāϤ⧁āĻŽāĻ°ā§āĻšāϏāĻŋ āĨĨ⧍ā§ŦāĨĨ
atha chainaṁ nitya-jātaṁ nityaṁ vā manyase mṛitam
tathāpi tvaᚁ mahā-bāho naivaᚁ śhochitum arhasi
Word Meanings:
atha—if, however; cha—and; enam—this soul; nitya-jātam—taking constant birth; nityam—always; vā—or; manyase—you think; mṛitam—dead; tathā api—even then; tvam—you; mahā-bāho—mighty-armed one, Arjun; na—not; evam—like this; śhochitum—grieve; arhasi—befitting
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻšā§‡ āĻŽāĻšāĻžāĻŦāĻžāĻšā§‹ ! āφāϰ āϝāĻĻāĻŋ āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻŋ āĻŽāύ⧇ āĻ•āϰ āϝ⧇, āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻŦāĻžāϰāĻŦāĻžāϰ āϜāĻ¨ā§āĻŽ āĻšāϝāĻŧ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āĻŽā§ƒāĻ¤ā§āϝ⧁ āĻšāϝāĻŧ, āϤāĻž āĻšāϞ⧇āĻ“ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻļā§‹āĻ• āĻ•āϰāĻžāϰ āϕ⧋āύ āĻ•āĻžāϰāĻŖ āύ⧇āχāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 27
ā¤œā¤žā¤¤ā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ā¤šā¤ŋ ⤧āĨā¤°āĨā¤ĩāĨ‹ ā¤ŽāĨƒā¤¤āĨā¤¯āĨā¤°āĨā¤§āĨā¤°āĨā¤ĩ⤂ ⤜⤍āĨā¤Ž ā¤ŽāĨƒā¤¤ā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ⤚āĨ¤
⤤⤏āĨā¤Žā¤žā¤Ļā¤Ē⤰ā¤ŋā¤šā¤žā¤°āĨā¤¯āĨ‡ā¤Ŋ⤰āĨā¤ĨāĨ‡ ⤍ ⤤āĨā¤ĩ⤂ ā¤ļāĨ‹ā¤šā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤Žā¤°āĨā¤šā¤¸ā¤ŋāĨ¤āĨ¤2.27āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϜāĻžāϤāĻ¸ā§āϝ āĻšāĻŋ āĻ§ā§āϰ⧁āĻŦā§‹ āĻŽā§ƒāĻ¤ā§āϝ⧁āĻ°ā§āĻ§ā§āϰ⧁āĻŦāĻ‚ āϜāĻ¨ā§āĻŽ āĻŽā§ƒāϤāĻ¸ā§āϝ āϚ āĨ¤
āϤāĻ¸ā§āĻŽāĻžāĻĻāĻĒāϰāĻŋāĻšāĻžāĻ°ā§āϝ⧇āĻšāĻ°ā§āĻĨ⧇ āύ āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻ‚ āĻļā§‹āϚāĻŋāϤ⧁āĻŽāĻ°ā§āĻšāϏāĻŋ āĨĨ⧍⧭āĨĨ
jātasya hi dhruvo mṛityur dhruvaṁ janma mṛitasya cha
tasmād aparihārye ’rthe na tvaᚁ śhochitum arhasi
Word Meanings:
jātasya—for one who has been born; hi—for; dhruvaá¸Ĩ—certain; mṛityuá¸Ĩ—death; dhruvam—certain; janma—birth; mṛitasya—for the dead; cha—and; tasmāt—therefore; aparihārye arthe—in this inevitable situation; na—not; tvam—you; śhochitum—lament; arhasi—befitting
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϝāĻžāϰ āϜāĻ¨ā§āĻŽ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇āϛ⧇ āϤāĻžāϰ āĻŽā§ƒāĻ¤ā§āϝ⧁ āĻ…āĻŦāĻļā§āϝāĻŽā§āĻ­āĻžāĻŦā§€ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āϝāĻžāϰ āĻŽā§ƒāĻ¤ā§āϝ⧁ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇āϛ⧇ āϤāĻžāϰ āϜāĻ¨ā§āĻŽāĻ“ āĻ…āĻŦāĻļā§āϝāĻŽā§āĻ­āĻžāĻŦā§€āĨ¤ āĻ…āϤāĻāĻŦ āĻ…āĻĒāϰāĻŋāĻšāĻžāĻ°ā§āϝ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āϤāĻŦā§āϝ āϏāĻŽā§āĻĒāĻžāĻĻāύ āĻ•āϰāĻžāϰ āϏāĻŽāϝāĻŧ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻļā§‹āĻ• āĻ•āϰāĻž āωāϚāĻŋāϤ āύāϝāĻŧāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 28
⤅ā¤ĩāĨā¤¯ā¤•āĨā¤¤ā¤žā¤ĻāĨ€ā¤¨ā¤ŋ ⤭āĨ‚ā¤¤ā¤žā¤¨ā¤ŋ ā¤ĩāĨā¤¯ā¤•āĨā¤¤ā¤Žā¤§āĨā¤¯ā¤žā¤¨ā¤ŋ ā¤­ā¤žā¤°ā¤¤āĨ¤
⤅ā¤ĩāĨā¤¯ā¤•āĨā¤¤ā¤¨ā¤ŋā¤§ā¤¨ā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤¯āĨ‡ā¤ĩ ⤤⤤āĨā¤° ā¤•ā¤ž ā¤Ē⤰ā¤ŋā¤ĻāĨ‡ā¤ĩā¤¨ā¤žāĨ¤āĨ¤2.28āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ…āĻŦā§āϝāĻ•ā§āϤāĻžāĻĻā§€āύāĻŋ āĻ­ā§‚āϤāĻžāύāĻŋ āĻŦā§āϝāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŽāĻ§ā§āϝāĻžāύāĻŋ āĻ­āĻžāϰāϤ āĨ¤
āĻ…āĻŦā§āϝāĻ•ā§āϤāύāĻŋāϧāύāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϝ⧇āĻŦ āϤāĻ¤ā§āϰ āĻ•āĻž āĻĒāϰāĻŋāĻĻ⧇āĻŦāύāĻž āĨĨā§¨ā§ŽāĨĨ
avyaktādÄĢni bhÅĢtāni vyakta-madhyāni bhārata
avyakta-nidhanānyeva tatra kā paridevanā
Word Meanings:
avyakta-ādÄĢni—unmanifest before birth; bhÅĢtāni—created beings; vyakta—manifest; madhyāni—in the middle; bhārata—Arjun, scion of Bharat; avyakta—unmanifest; nidhanāni—on death; eva—indeed; tatra—therefore; kā—why; paridevanā—grieve
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻšā§‡ āĻ­āĻžāϰāϤ ! āϏāĻŽāĻ¸ā§āϤ āϏ⧃āĻˇā§āϟ āĻœā§€āĻŦ āĻ‰ā§ŽāĻĒāĻ¨ā§āύ āĻšāĻ“āϝāĻŧāĻžāϰ āφāϗ⧇ āĻ…āĻĒā§āϰāĻ•āĻžāĻļāĻŋāϤ āĻ›āĻŋāϞ, āϤāĻžāĻĻ⧇āϰ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻŋāĻ•āĻžāϞ⧇ āĻĒā§āϰāĻ•āĻžāĻļāĻŋāϤ āĻĨāĻžāϕ⧇ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āĻŦāĻŋāύāĻžāĻļ⧇āϰ āĻĒāϰ āφāĻŦāĻžāϰ āĻ…āĻĒā§āϰāĻ•āĻžāĻļāĻŋāϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āϝāĻžāϝāĻŧāĨ¤ āϏ⧁āϤāϰāĻžāĻ‚, āϏ⧇āχ āϜāĻ¨ā§āϝ āĻļā§‹āĻ• āĻ•āϰāĻžāϰ āĻ•āĻŋ āĻ•āĻžāϰāĻŖ ?
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 29
⤆ā¤ļāĨā¤šā¤°āĨā¤¯ā¤ĩ⤤āĨā¤Ēā¤ļāĨā¤¯ā¤¤ā¤ŋ ⤕ā¤ļāĨā¤šā¤ŋā¤ĻāĨ‡ā¤¨
ā¤Žā¤žā¤ļāĨā¤šā¤°āĨā¤¯ā¤ĩā¤ĻāĨā¤ĩā¤Ļ⤤ā¤ŋ ⤤ā¤ĨāĨˆā¤ĩ ā¤šā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤¯ā¤ƒāĨ¤
⤆ā¤ļāĨā¤šā¤°āĨā¤¯ā¤ĩ⤚āĨā¤šāĨˆā¤¨ā¤Žā¤¨āĨā¤¯ā¤ƒ ā¤ļāĨā¤°āĨƒā¤ŖāĨ‹ā¤¤ā¤ŋ
ā¤ļāĨā¤°āĨā¤¤āĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤ĒāĨā¤¯āĨ‡ā¤¨ā¤‚ ā¤ĩāĨ‡ā¤Ļ ⤍ ⤚āĨˆā¤ĩ ⤕ā¤ļāĨā¤šā¤ŋ⤤āĨāĨ¤āĨ¤2.29āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āφāĻļā§āϚāĻ°ā§āϝāĻŦā§Ž āĻĒāĻļā§āϝāϤāĻŋ āĻ•āĻļā§āϚāĻŋāĻĻ⧇āύāĻŽā§ āφāĻļā§āϚāĻ°ā§āϝāĻŦāĻĻā§ āĻŦāĻĻāϤāĻŋ āϤāĻĨ⧈āĻŦ āϚāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϝāσ āĨ¤
āφāĻļā§āϚāĻ°ā§āϝāĻŦāĻšā§āϚ⧈āύāĻŽāĻ¨ā§āϝāσ āĻļ⧃āĻŖā§‹āϤāĻŋ āĻļā§āϰ⧁āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻžāĻĒā§āϝ⧇āύāĻ‚ āĻŦ⧇āĻĻ āύ āϚ⧈āĻŦ āĻ•āĻļā§āϚāĻŋā§Ž āĨĨ⧍⧝āĨĨ
āśhcharya-vat paśhyati kaśhchid enan
āśhcharya-vad vadati tathaiva chānyaá¸Ĩ
āśhcharya-vach chainam anyaá¸Ĩ śhṛiṇoti
śhrutvāpyenaᚁ veda na chaiva kaśhchit
Word Meanings:
āśhcharya-vat—as amazing; paśhyati—see; kaśhchit—someone; enam—this soul; āśhcharya-vat—as amazing; vadati—speak of; tathā—thus; eva—indeed; cha—and; anyaá¸Ĩ—other; āśhcharya-vat—similarly amazing; cha—also; enam—this soul; anyaá¸Ĩ—others; śhṛiṇoti—hear; śhrutvā—having heard; api—even; enam—this soul; veda—understand; na—not; cha—and; eva—even; kaśhchit—some
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϕ⧇āω āĻāχ āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻžāϕ⧇ āφāĻļā§āϚāĻ°ā§āϝāĻŦā§Ž āĻĻāĻ°ā§āĻļāύ āĻ•āϰ⧇āύ, āϕ⧇āω āφāĻļā§āϚāĻ°ā§āϝāĻ­āĻžāĻŦ⧇ āĻŦāĻ°ā§āĻŖāύāĻž āĻ•āϰ⧇āύ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āϕ⧇āω āφāĻļā§āϚāĻ°ā§āϝ āĻœā§āĻžāĻžāύ⧇ āĻļā§āϰāĻŦāĻŖ āĻ•āϰ⧇āύ, āφāϰ āϕ⧇āω āĻļ⧁āύ⧇āĻ“ āϤāĻžāϕ⧇ āĻŦ⧁āĻāϤ⧇ āĻĒāĻžāϰ⧇āύ āύāĻžāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 30
ā¤ĻāĨ‡ā¤šāĨ€ ⤍ā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤¯ā¤Žā¤ĩ⤧āĨā¤¯āĨ‹ā¤Ŋ⤝⤂ ā¤ĻāĨ‡ā¤šāĨ‡ ⤏⤰āĨā¤ĩ⤏āĨā¤¯ ā¤­ā¤žā¤°ā¤¤āĨ¤
⤤⤏āĨā¤Žā¤žā¤¤āĨā¤¸ā¤°āĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤Ŗā¤ŋ ⤭āĨ‚ā¤¤ā¤žā¤¨ā¤ŋ ⤍ ⤤āĨā¤ĩ⤂ ā¤ļāĨ‹ā¤šā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤Žā¤°āĨā¤šā¤¸ā¤ŋāĨ¤āĨ¤2.30āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻĻ⧇āĻšā§€ āύāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻŽāĻŦāĻ§ā§āϝ⧋āĻšāϝāĻŧāĻ‚ āĻĻ⧇āĻšā§‡ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻ¸ā§āϝ āĻ­āĻžāϰāϤ āĨĨ āϤāĻ¸ā§āĻŽāĻžā§Ž āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻžāĻŖāĻŋ āĻ­ā§‚āϤāĻžāύāĻŋ āύ āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻ‚ āĻļā§‹āϚāĻŋāϤ⧁āĻŽāĻ°ā§āĻšāϏāĻŋ āĨĨā§Šā§ĻāĨĨ
dehÄĢ nityam avadhyo ’yaᚁ dehe sarvasya bhārata
tasmāt sarvāṇi bhÅĢtāni na tvaᚁ śhochitum arhasi
Word Meanings:
dehÄĢ—the soul that dwells within the body; nityam—always; avadhyaá¸Ĩ—immortal; ayam—this soul; dehe—in the body; sarvasya—of everyone; bhārata—descendant of Bharat, Arjun; tasmāt—therefore; sarvāṇi—for all; bhÅĢtāni—living entities; na—not; tvam—you; śhochitum—mourn; arhasi—should
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻšā§‡ āĻ­āĻžāϰāϤ ! āĻĒā§āϰāĻžāĻŖā§€āĻĻ⧇āϰ āĻĻ⧇āĻšā§‡ āĻ…āĻŦāĻ¸ā§āϤāĻŋāϤ āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻž āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻĻāĻžāχ āĻ…āĻŦāĻ§ā§āϝāĨ¤ āĻ…āϤāĻāĻŦ āϕ⧋āύ āĻœā§€āĻŦ⧇āϰ āϜāĻ¨ā§āϝ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻļā§‹āĻ• āĻ•āϰāĻž āωāϚāĻŋāϤ āύāϝāĻŧāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 31
⤏āĨā¤ĩ⤧⤰āĨā¤Žā¤Žā¤Ēā¤ŋ ā¤šā¤žā¤ĩāĨ‡ā¤•āĨā¤ˇāĨā¤¯ ⤍ ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤•ā¤ŽāĨā¤Ēā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤Žā¤°āĨā¤šā¤¸ā¤ŋāĨ¤
⤧⤰āĨā¤ŽāĨā¤¯ā¤žā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤ŋ ⤝āĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤žā¤›āĨā¤°āĨ‡ā¤¯āĨ‹ā¤Ŋ⤍āĨā¤¯ā¤¤āĨā¤•āĨā¤ˇā¤¤āĨā¤°ā¤ŋ⤝⤏āĨā¤¯ ⤍ ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤ĻāĨā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡āĨ¤āĨ¤2.31āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāϧāĻ°ā§āĻŽāĻŽāĻĒāĻŋ āϚāĻžāĻŦ⧇āĻ•ā§āĻˇā§āϝ āύ āĻŦāĻŋāĻ•āĻŽā§āĻĒāĻŋāϤ⧁āĻŽāĻ°ā§āĻšāϏāĻŋ āĨ¤
āϧāĻ°ā§āĻŽā§āϝāĻžāĻĻā§āϧāĻŋ āϝ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻžāĻšā§āĻ›ā§āϰ⧇āϝāĻŧā§‹āĻšāĻ¨ā§āĻ¯ā§Ž āĻ•ā§āώāĻ¤ā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāĻ¸ā§āϝ āύ āĻŦāĻŋāĻĻā§āϝāϤ⧇ āĨĨā§Šā§§āĨĨ
swa-dharmam api chāvekášŖhya na vikampitum arhasi
dharmyāddhi yuddhāch chhreyo ’nyat kášŖhatriyasya na vidyate
Word Meanings:
swa-dharmam—one’s duty in accordance with the Vedas; api—also; cha—and; avekášŖhya—considering; na—not; vikampitum—to waver; arhasi—should; dharmyāt—for righteousness; hi—indeed; yuddhāt—than fighting; śhreyaá¸Ĩ—better; anyat—another; kášŖhatriyasya—of a warrior; na—not; vidyate—exists
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻ•ā§āώāĻ¤ā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāϰ⧂āĻĒ⧇ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāϧāĻ°ā§āĻŽ āĻŦāĻŋāĻŦ⧇āϚāύāĻž āĻ•āϰ⧇ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āϜāĻžāύāĻž āωāϚāĻŋāϤ āϝ⧇, āϧāĻ°ā§āĻŽ āϰāĻ•ā§āώāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ⧇ āϝ⧁āĻĻā§āϧ āĻ•āϰāĻžāϰ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āĻ•ā§āώāĻ¤ā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧ⧇āϰ āĻĒāĻ•ā§āώ⧇ āĻŽāĻ™ā§āĻ—āϞāĻ•āϰ āφāϰ āĻ•āĻŋāϛ⧁āχ āύ⧇āχāĨ¤ āϤāĻžāχ, āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻŋāϧāĻžāĻ—ā§āϰāĻ¸ā§āĻĨ āĻšāĻ“āϝāĻŧāĻž āωāϚāĻŋāϤ āύāϝāĻŧāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 32
⤝ā¤ĻāĨƒā¤šāĨā¤›ā¤¯ā¤ž ⤚āĨ‹ā¤Ēā¤Ē⤍āĨā¤¨ā¤‚ ⤏āĨā¤ĩ⤰āĨā¤—ā¤ĻāĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤°ā¤Žā¤Ēā¤žā¤ĩāĨƒā¤¤ā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤
⤏āĨā¤–ā¤ŋ⤍⤃ ⤕āĨā¤ˇā¤¤āĨā¤°ā¤ŋā¤¯ā¤žā¤ƒ ā¤Ēā¤žā¤°āĨā¤Ĩ ⤞⤭⤍āĨā¤¤āĨ‡ ⤝āĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤ŽāĨ€ā¤ĻāĨƒā¤ļā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤āĨ¤2.32āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϝāĻĻ⧃āĻšā§āĻ›āϝāĻŧāĻž āĻšā§‹āĻĒāĻĒāĻ¨ā§āύāĻ‚ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāĻ°ā§āĻ—āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻžāϰāĻŽāĻĒāĻžāĻŦ⧃āϤāĻŽā§ āĨ¤
āϏ⧁āĻ–āĻŋāύāσ āĻ•ā§āώāĻ¤ā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāĻžāσ āĻĒāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ āϞāĻ­āĻ¨ā§āϤ⧇ āϝ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŽā§€āĻĻ⧃āĻļāĻŽā§ āĨĨā§Šā§¨āĨĨ
yadṛichchhayā chopapannaṁ swarga-dvāram apāvṛitam
sukhinaá¸Ĩ kášŖhatriyāá¸Ĩ pārtha labhante yuddham ÄĢdṛiśham
Word Meanings:
yadṛichchhayā—unsought; cha—and; upapannam—come; swarga—celestial abodes; dvāram—door; apāvṛitam—wide open; sukhinaá¸Ĩ—happy; kášŖhatriyāá¸Ĩ—warriors; pārtha—Arjun, the son of Pritha; labhante—obtain; yuddham—war; ÄĢdṛiśham—such
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻšā§‡ āĻĒāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ ! āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāĻ°ā§āĻ—āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻžāϰ āωāĻ¨ā§āĻŽā§‹āϚāύāĻ•āĻžāϰ⧀ āĻāχ āĻĒā§āϰāĻ•āĻžāϰ āϧāĻ°ā§āĻŽāϝ⧁āĻĻā§āϧ⧇ āĻ…āĻ‚āĻļāĻ—ā§āϰāĻšāĻŖ āĻ•āϰāĻžāϰ āϏ⧁āϝ⧋āĻ— āύāĻž āϚāĻžāχāϤ⧇āχ āϝ⧇ āϏāĻŦ āĻ•ā§āώāĻ¤ā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧ⧇āϰ āĻ•āĻžāϛ⧇ āφāϏ⧇, āϤāĻžāρāϰāĻž āϏ⧁āĻ–ā§€ āĻšāύāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 33
⤅ā¤Ĩ ⤚āĨˆā¤¤āĨā¤¤āĨā¤ĩā¤Žā¤ŋā¤Žā¤‚ ⤧⤰āĨā¤ŽāĨā¤¯ā¤‚ ⤏⤂⤗āĨā¤°ā¤žā¤Žā¤‚ ⤍ ⤕⤰ā¤ŋ⤎āĨā¤¯ā¤¸ā¤ŋāĨ¤
⤤⤤⤃ ⤏āĨā¤ĩ⤧⤰āĨā¤Žā¤‚ ⤕āĨ€ā¤°āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ⤂ ⤚ ā¤šā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤ĩā¤ž ā¤Ēā¤žā¤Ēā¤Žā¤ĩā¤žā¤ĒāĨā¤¸āĨā¤¯ā¤¸ā¤ŋāĨ¤āĨ¤2.33āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ…āĻĨ āĻšā§‡āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻŽāĻŋāĻŽāĻ‚ āϧāĻ°ā§āĻŽā§āϝāĻ‚ āϏāĻ‚āĻ—ā§āϰāĻžāĻŽāĻ‚ āύ āĻ•āϰāĻŋāĻˇā§āϝāϏāĻŋ āĨ¤
āϤāϤāσ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāϧāĻ°ā§āĻŽāĻ‚ āϕ⧀āĻ°ā§āϤāĻŋāĻ‚ āϚ āĻšāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻž āĻĒāĻžāĻĒāĻŽāĻŦāĻžāĻĒā§āĻ¸ā§āϝāϏāĻŋ āĨĨā§Šā§ŠāĨĨ
atha chet tvam imaᚁ dharmyaᚁ saṅgrāmaᚁ na kariášŖhyasi
tataá¸Ĩ sva-dharmaᚁ kÄĢrtiᚁ cha hitvā pāpam avāpsyasi
Word Meanings:
atha chet—if, however; tvam—you; imam—this; dharmyam saṅgrāmam—righteous war; na—not; kariášŖhyasi—act; tataá¸Ĩ—then; sva-dharmam—one’s duty in accordance with the Vedas; kÄĢrtim—reputation; cha—and; hitvā—abandoning; pāpam—sin; avāpsyasi—will incur
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻ•āĻŋāĻ¨ā§āĻ¤ā§āϤ, āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻŋ āϝāĻĻāĻŋ āĻāχ āϧāĻ°ā§āĻŽāϝ⧁āĻĻā§āϧ āύāĻž āĻ•āϰ, āϤāĻž āĻšāϞ⧇ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦā§€āϝāĻŧ āϧāĻ°ā§āĻŽ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āϕ⧀āĻ°ā§āϤāĻŋ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āĻ­ā§āϰāĻˇā§āϟ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āĻĒāĻžāĻĒ āĻ­ā§‹āĻ— āĻ•āϰāĻŦ⧇āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 34
⤅⤕āĨ€ā¤°āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ⤂ ā¤šā¤žā¤Ēā¤ŋ ⤭āĨ‚ā¤¤ā¤žā¤¨ā¤ŋ ⤕ā¤Ĩ⤝ā¤ŋ⤎āĨā¤¯ā¤¨āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ ⤤āĨ‡ā¤Ŋā¤ĩāĨā¤¯ā¤¯ā¤žā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤
ā¤¸ā¤‚ā¤­ā¤žā¤ĩā¤ŋ⤤⤏āĨā¤¯ ā¤šā¤žā¤•āĨ€ā¤°āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ⤰āĨā¤Žā¤°ā¤Ŗā¤žā¤Ļ⤤ā¤ŋ⤰ā¤ŋ⤚āĨā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡āĨ¤āĨ¤2.34āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ…āϕ⧀āĻ°ā§āϤāĻŋāĻ‚ āϚāĻžāĻĒāĻŋ āĻ­ā§‚āϤāĻžāύāĻŋ āĻ•āĻĨāϝāĻŧāĻŋāĻˇā§āϝāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋ āϤ⧇āĻšāĻŦā§āϝāϝāĻŧāĻŽā§ āĨ¤
āϏāĻŽā§āĻ­āĻžāĻŦāĻŋāϤāĻ¸ā§āϝ āϚāĻžāϕ⧀āĻ°ā§āϤāĻŋāĻ°ā§āĻŽāϰāĻŖāĻžāĻĻāϤāĻŋāϰāĻŋāĻšā§āϝāϤ⧇ āĨĨā§Šā§ĒāĨĨ
akÄĢrtiᚁ chāpi bhÅĢtāni
kathayiášŖhyanti te ’vyayām
sambhāvitasya chākÄĢrtir
maraṇād atirichyate
Word Meanings:
akÄĢrtim—infamy; cha—and; api—also; bhÅĢtāni—people; kathayiášŖhyanti—will speak; te—of your; avyayām—everlasting; sambhāvitasya—of a respectable person; cha—and; akÄĢrtiá¸Ĩ—infamy; maraṇāt—than death; atirichyate—is greater
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϏāĻŽāĻ¸ā§āϤ āϞ⧋āĻ• āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āϕ⧀āĻ°ā§āϤāĻŋāĻšā§€āύāϤāĻžāϰ āĻ•āĻĨāĻž āĻŦāϞāĻŦ⧇ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āϝ⧇-āϕ⧋āύ āĻŽāĻ°ā§āϝāĻžāĻĻāĻžāĻŦāĻžāύ āϞ⧋āϕ⧇āϰ āĻĒāĻ•ā§āώ⧇āχ āĻāχ āĻ…āϏāĻŽā§āĻŽāĻžāύ āĻŽā§ƒāĻ¤ā§āϝ⧁ āĻ…āĻĒ⧇āĻ•ā§āώāĻžāĻ“ āĻ…āϧāĻŋāĻ•āϤāϰ āĻŽāĻ¨ā§āĻĻāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 35
ā¤­ā¤¯ā¤žā¤ĻāĨā¤°ā¤Ŗā¤žā¤ĻāĨā¤Ē⤰⤤⤂ ā¤Žā¤‚ā¤¸āĨā¤¯ā¤¨āĨā¤¤āĨ‡ ⤤āĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤‚ ā¤Žā¤šā¤žā¤°ā¤Ĩā¤žā¤ƒāĨ¤
⤝āĨ‡ā¤ˇā¤žā¤‚ ⤚ ⤤āĨā¤ĩ⤂ ā¤Ŧā¤šāĨā¤Žā¤¤āĨ‹ ⤭āĨ‚⤤āĨā¤ĩā¤ž ā¤¯ā¤žā¤¸āĨā¤¯ā¤¸ā¤ŋ ā¤˛ā¤žā¤˜ā¤ĩā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤āĨ¤2.35āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ­āϝāĻŧāĻžāĻĻā§ āϰāĻŖāĻžāĻĻ⧁āĻĒāϰāϤāĻ‚ āĻŽāĻ‚āĻ¸ā§āϝāĻ¨ā§āϤ⧇ āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻžāĻ‚ āĻŽāĻšāĻžāϰāĻĨāĻžāσ āĨ¤
āϝ⧇āώāĻžāĻ‚ āϚ āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻ‚ āĻŦāĻšā§āĻŽāϤ⧋ āĻ­ā§‚āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻž āϝāĻžāĻ¸ā§āϝāϏāĻŋ āϞāĻžāϘāĻŦāĻŽā§ āĨĨā§Šā§ĢāĨĨ
bhayād raṇād uparataᚁ mansyante tvāᚁ mahā-rathāá¸Ĩ
yeášŖhāᚁ cha tvaᚁ bahu-mato bhÅĢtvā yāsyasi lāghavam
Word Meanings:
bhayāt—out of fear; raṇāt—from the battlefield; uparatam—have fled; maᚁsyante—will think; tvām—you; mahā-rathāá¸Ĩ—warriors who could single handedly match the strength of ten thousand ordinary warriors; yeášŖhām—for whom; cha—and; tvam—you; bahu-mataá¸Ĩ—high esteemed; bhÅĢtvā—having been; yāsyasi—you will loose; lāghavam—decreased in value
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϏāĻŽāĻ¸ā§āϤ āĻŽāĻšāĻžāϰāĻĨā§€āϰāĻž āĻŽāύ⧇ āĻ•āϰāĻŦ⧇āύ āϝ⧇, āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻŋ āĻ­āϝāĻŧ āĻĒ⧇āϝāĻŧ⧇ āϝ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻ•ā§āώ⧇āĻ¤ā§āϰ āĻĒāϰāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻžāĻ— āĻ•āϰ⧇āĻ› āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻŋ āϝāĻžāĻĻ⧇āϰ āĻ•āĻžāϛ⧇ āϏāĻŽā§āĻŽāĻžāύāĻŋāϤ āĻ›āĻŋāϞ⧇, āϤāĻžāϰāĻžāχ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϕ⧇ āϤ⧁āĻšā§āĻ›āϤāĻžāĻšā§āĻ›āĻŋāĻ˛ā§āϝ āĻœā§āĻžāĻžāύ āĻ•āϰāĻŦ⧇āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 36
⤅ā¤ĩā¤žā¤šāĨā¤¯ā¤ĩā¤žā¤Ļā¤žā¤‚ā¤ļāĨā¤š ā¤Ŧā¤šāĨ‚⤍āĨ ā¤ĩā¤Ļā¤ŋ⤎āĨā¤¯ā¤¨āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ ⤤ā¤ĩā¤žā¤šā¤ŋā¤¤ā¤žā¤ƒāĨ¤
⤍ā¤ŋ⤍āĨā¤Ļ⤍āĨā¤¤ā¤¸āĨā¤¤ā¤ĩ ā¤¸ā¤žā¤Žā¤°āĨā¤ĨāĨā¤¯ā¤‚ ⤤⤤āĨ‹ ā¤ĻāĨā¤ƒā¤–⤤⤰⤂ ⤍āĨ ⤕ā¤ŋā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤āĨ¤2.36āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ…āĻŦāĻžāĻšā§āϝāĻŦāĻžāĻĻāĻžāĻ‚āĻļā§āϚ āĻŦāĻšā§‚āĻ¨ā§ āĻŦāĻĻāĻŋāĻˇā§āϝāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋ āϤāĻŦāĻžāĻšāĻŋāϤāĻžāσ āĨ¤
āύāĻŋāĻ¨ā§āĻĻāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻ¸ā§āϤāĻŦ āϏāĻžāĻŽāĻ°ā§āĻĨā§āϝāĻ‚ āϤāϤ⧋ āĻĻ⧁āσāĻ–āϤāϰāĻ‚ āύ⧁ āĻ•āĻŋāĻŽā§ āĨĨā§Šā§ŦāĨĨ
avāchya-vādānśh cha bahÅĢn vadiášŖhyanti tavāhitāá¸Ĩ
nindantastava sāmarthyaᚁ tato duá¸Ĩkhataraᚁ nu kim
Word Meanings:
avāchya-vādān—using harsh words; cha—and; bahÅĢn—many; vadiášŖhyanti—will say; tava—your; ahitāá¸Ĩ—enemies; nindantaá¸Ĩ—defame; tava—your; sāmarthyam—might; tataá¸Ĩ—than that; duá¸Ĩkha-taram—more painful; nu—indeed; kim—what
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻļāĻ¤ā§āϰ⧁āϰāĻž āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āϏāĻžāĻŽāĻ°ā§āĻĨā§āϝ⧇āϰ āύāĻŋāĻ¨ā§āĻĻāĻž āĻ•āϰ⧇ āĻŦāĻšā§ āĻ…āĻ•āĻĨā§āϝ āĻ•āĻĨāĻž āĻŦāϞāĻŦ⧇āĨ¤ āϤāĻžāϰ āĻšā§‡āϝāĻŧ⧇ āĻ…āϧāĻŋāĻ•āϤāϰ āĻĻ⧁āσāĻ–āĻĻāĻžāϝāĻŧāĻ• āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻĒāĻ•ā§āώ⧇ āφāϰ āĻ•āĻŋ āĻšāϤ⧇ āĻĒāĻžāϰ⧇ ?
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 37
ā¤šā¤¤āĨ‹ ā¤ĩā¤ž ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤žā¤ĒāĨā¤¸āĨā¤¯ā¤¸ā¤ŋ ⤏āĨā¤ĩ⤰āĨā¤—⤂ ⤜ā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤ĩā¤ž ā¤ĩā¤ž ⤭āĨ‹ā¤•āĨā¤ˇāĨā¤¯ā¤¸āĨ‡ ā¤Žā¤šāĨ€ā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤
⤤⤏āĨā¤Žā¤žā¤ĻāĨā¤¤āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ⤎āĨā¤  ⤕āĨŒā¤¨āĨā¤¤āĨ‡ā¤¯ ⤝āĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤žā¤¯ ⤕āĨƒā¤¤ā¤¨ā¤ŋā¤ļāĨā¤šā¤¯ā¤ƒāĨ¤āĨ¤2.37āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻšāϤ⧋ āĻŦāĻž āĻĒā§āϰāĻžāĻĒā§āĻ¸ā§āϝāϏāĻŋ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāĻ°ā§āĻ—āĻ‚ āϜāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻž āĻŦāĻž āĻ­ā§‹āĻ•ā§āĻˇā§āϝāϏ⧇ āĻŽāĻšā§€āĻŽā§ āĨ¤
āϤāĻ¸ā§āĻŽāĻžāĻĻ⧁āĻ¤ā§āϤāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ  āĻ•ā§ŒāĻ¨ā§āϤ⧇āϝāĻŧ āϝ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻžāϝāĻŧ āĻ•ā§ƒāϤāύāĻŋāĻļā§āϚāϝāĻŧāσ āĨĨā§Šā§­āĨĨ
hato vā prāpsyasi swargaᚁ jitvā vā bhokášŖhyase mahÄĢm
tasmād uttiášŖháš­ha kaunteya yuddhāya kṛita-niśhchayaá¸Ĩ
Word Meanings:
hataá¸Ĩ—slain; vā—or; prāpsyasi—you will attain; swargam—celestial abodes; jitvā—by achieving victory; vā—or; bhokášŖhyase—you shall enjoy; mahÄĢm—the kingdom on earth; tasmāt—therefore; uttiášŖháš­ha—arise; kaunteya—Arjun, the son of Kunti; yuddhāya—for fight; kṛita-niśhchayaá¸Ĩ—with determination
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻšā§‡ āϕ⧁āĻ¨ā§āϤ⧀āĻĒ⧁āĻ¤ā§āϰ ! āĻāχ āϝ⧁āĻĻā§āϧ⧇ āύāĻŋāĻšāϤ āĻšāϞ⧇ āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻŋ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāĻ°ā§āĻ— āϞāĻžāĻ­ āĻ•āϰāĻŦ⧇, āφāϰ āϜāϝāĻŧā§€ āĻšāϞ⧇ āĻĒ⧃āĻĨāĻŋāĻŦā§€ āĻ­ā§‹āĻ— āĻ•āϰāĻŦ⧇ ⧎ āĻ…āϤāĻāĻŦ āϝ⧁āĻĻā§āϧ⧇āϰ āϜāĻ¨ā§āϝ āĻĻ⧃āĻĸāĻŧāϏāĻ‚āĻ•āĻ˛ā§āĻĒ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āωāĻ¤ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤ āĻšāĻ“āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 38
⤏āĨā¤–ā¤ĻāĨā¤ƒā¤–āĨ‡ ā¤¸ā¤ŽāĨ‡ ⤕āĨƒā¤¤āĨā¤ĩā¤ž ā¤˛ā¤žā¤­ā¤žā¤˛ā¤žā¤­āĨŒ ā¤œā¤¯ā¤žā¤œā¤¯āĨŒāĨ¤
⤤⤤āĨ‹ ⤝āĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤žā¤¯ ⤝āĨā¤œāĨā¤¯ā¤¸āĨā¤ĩ ⤍āĨˆā¤ĩ⤂ ā¤Ēā¤žā¤Ēā¤Žā¤ĩā¤žā¤ĒāĨā¤¸āĨā¤¯ā¤¸ā¤ŋāĨ¤āĨ¤2.38āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϏ⧁āĻ–āĻĻ⧁āσāϖ⧇ āϏāĻŽā§‡ āĻ•ā§ƒāĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻž āϞāĻžāĻ­āĻžāϞāĻžāϭ⧌ āϜāϝāĻŧāĻžāϜāϝāĻŧ⧌ āĨ¤
āϤāϤ⧋ āϝ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻžāϝāĻŧ āϝ⧁āĻœā§āϝāĻ¸ā§āĻŦ āύ⧈āĻŦāĻ‚ āĻĒāĻžāĻĒāĻŽāĻŦāĻžāĻĒā§āĻ¸ā§āϝāϏāĻŋ āĨĨā§Šā§ŽāĨĨ
sukha-duá¸Ĩkhe same kṛitvā lābhālābhau jayājayau
tato yuddhāya yujyasva naivaᚁ pāpam avāpsyasi
Word Meanings:
sukha—happiness; duá¸Ĩkhe—in distress; same kṛitvā—treating alike; lābha-alābhau—gain and loss; jaya-ajayau—victory and defeat; tataá¸Ĩ—thereafter; yuddhāya—for fighting; yujyasva—engage; na—never; evam—thus; pāpam—sin; avāpsyasi—shall incur
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϏ⧁āĻ–-āĻĻ⧁āσāĻ–, āϞāĻžāĻ­-āĻ•ā§āώāϤāĻŋ āĻ“ āϜāϝāĻŧ-āĻĒāϰāĻžāϜāϝāĻŧāϕ⧇ āϏāĻŽāĻžāύ āĻœā§āĻžāĻžāύ āĻ•āϰ⧇ āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻŋ āϝ⧁āĻĻā§āϧ⧇āϰ āύāĻŋāĻŽāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϤ āϝ⧁āĻĻā§āϧ āĻ•āϰ, āϤāĻž āĻšāϞ⧇ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϕ⧇ āĻĒāĻžāĻĒāĻ­āĻžāĻ—ā§€ āĻšāϤ⧇ āĻšāĻŦ⧇ āύāĻžāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 39
ā¤ā¤ˇā¤ž ⤤āĨ‡ā¤Ŋ⤭ā¤ŋā¤šā¤ŋā¤¤ā¤ž ā¤¸ā¤žā¤‚ā¤–āĨā¤¯āĨ‡ ā¤ŦāĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤ŋ⤰āĨā¤¯āĨ‹ā¤—āĨ‡ ⤤āĨā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤Žā¤žā¤‚ ā¤ļāĨā¤°āĨƒā¤ŖāĨāĨ¤
ā¤ŦāĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§āĨā¤¯ā¤žā¤¯āĨā¤•āĨā¤¤āĨ‹ ā¤¯ā¤¯ā¤ž ā¤Ēā¤žā¤°āĨā¤Ĩ ⤕⤰āĨā¤Žā¤Ŧ⤍āĨā¤§ā¤‚ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤šā¤žā¤¸āĨā¤¯ā¤¸ā¤ŋāĨ¤āĨ¤2.39āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻāώāĻž āϤ⧇āĻšāĻŦāĻŋāĻšāĻŋāϤāĻž āϏāĻžāĻ‚āĻ–ā§āϝ⧇ āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāĻ°ā§āϝ⧋āϗ⧇ āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻŋāĻŽāĻžāĻ‚ āĻļ⧃āϪ⧁ āĨ¤
āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āĻ§ā§āϝāĻž āϝ⧁āĻ•ā§āϤ⧋ āϝāϝāĻŧāĻž āĻĒāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽāĻŦāĻ¨ā§āϧāĻ‚ āĻĒā§āϰāĻšāĻžāĻ¸ā§āϝāϏāĻŋ āĨĨā§Šā§¯āĨĨ
eášŖhā te ’bhihitā sānkhye
buddhir yoge tvimāᚁ śhṛiṇu
buddhyā yukto yayā pārtha
karma-bandhaᚁ prahāsyasi
Word Meanings:
eášŖhā—hitherto; te—to you; abhihitā—explained; sānkhye—by analytical knowledge; buddhiá¸Ĩ yoge—by the yog of intellect; tu—indeed; imām—this; śhṛiṇu—listen; buddhyā—by understanding; yuktaá¸Ĩ—united; yayā—by which; pārtha—Arjun, the son of Pritha; karma-bandham—bondage of karma; prahāsyasi—you shall be released from
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻšā§‡ āĻĒāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ ! āφāĻŽāĻŋ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϕ⧇ āϏāĻžāĻ‚āĻ–ā§āϝ-āϝ⧋āϗ⧇āϰ āĻ•āĻĨāĻž āĻŦāϞāϞāĻžāĻŽ ⧎ āĻāĻ–āύ āĻ­āĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋāϝ⧋āĻ— āϏāĻŽā§āĻŦāĻ¨ā§āϧāĻŋāύ⧀ āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāϰ āĻ•āĻĨāĻž āĻļā§āϰāĻŦāĻŖ āĻ•āϰ, āϝāĻžāϰ āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻžāϰāĻž āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻŋ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽāĻŦāĻ¨ā§āϧāύ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āĻŽā§āĻ•ā§āϤ āĻšāϤ⧇ āĻĒāĻžāϰāĻŦ⧇āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 40
⤍āĨ‡ā¤šā¤žā¤­ā¤ŋ⤕āĨā¤°ā¤Žā¤¨ā¤žā¤ļāĨ‹ā¤Ŋ⤏āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤¤āĨā¤¯ā¤ĩā¤žā¤¯āĨ‹ ⤍ ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤ĻāĨā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡āĨ¤
⤏āĨā¤ĩ⤞āĨā¤Ēā¤Žā¤ĒāĨā¤¯ā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ⤧⤰āĨā¤Žā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ⤤āĨā¤°ā¤žā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡ ā¤Žā¤šā¤¤āĨ‹ ā¤­ā¤¯ā¤žā¤¤āĨāĨ¤āĨ¤2.40āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āύ⧇āĻšāĻžāĻ­āĻŋāĻ•ā§āϰāĻŽāύāĻžāĻļā§‹āĻšāĻ¸ā§āϤāĻŋ āĻĒā§āϰāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻŦāĻžāϝāĻŧā§‹ āύ āĻŦāĻŋāĻĻā§āϝāϤ⧇ āĨ¤
āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāĻ˛ā§āĻĒāĻŽāĻĒā§āϝāĻ¸ā§āϝ āϧāĻ°ā§āĻŽāĻ¸ā§āϝ āĻ¤ā§āϰāĻžāϝāĻŧāϤ⧇ āĻŽāĻšāϤ⧋ āĻ­āϝāĻŧāĻžā§Ž āĨĨā§Ēā§ĻāĨĨ
nehābhikrama-nāśho ’sti pratyavāyo na vidyate
svalpam apyasya dharmasya trāyate mahato bhayāt
Word Meanings:
na—not; iha—in this; abhikrama—efforts; nāśhaá¸Ĩ—loss; asti—there is; pratyavāyaá¸Ĩ—adverse result; na—not; vidyate—is; su-alpam—a little; api—even; asya—of this; dharmasya—occupation; trāyate—saves; mahataá¸Ĩ—from great; bhayāt—danger
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 41
ā¤ĩāĨā¤¯ā¤ĩā¤¸ā¤žā¤¯ā¤žā¤¤āĨā¤Žā¤ŋā¤•ā¤ž ā¤ŦāĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤ŋ⤰āĨ‡ā¤•āĨ‡ā¤š ⤕āĨā¤°āĨā¤¨ā¤¨āĨā¤Ļ⤍āĨ¤
ā¤Ŧā¤šāĨā¤ļā¤žā¤–ā¤ž ā¤šāĨā¤¯ā¤¨ā¤¨āĨā¤¤ā¤žā¤ļāĨā¤š ā¤ŦāĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤¯āĨ‹ā¤Ŋā¤ĩāĨā¤¯ā¤ĩā¤¸ā¤žā¤¯ā¤ŋā¤¨ā¤žā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤āĨ¤2.41āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻŦā§āϝāĻŦāϏāĻžāϝāĻŧāĻžāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻŋāĻ•āĻž āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāϰ⧇āϕ⧇āĻš āϕ⧁āϰ⧁āύāĻ¨ā§āĻĻāύ āĨ¤
āĻŦāĻšā§āĻļāĻžāĻ–āĻž āĻšā§āϝāύāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻžāĻļā§āϚ āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāϝāĻŧā§‹āĻšāĻŦā§āϝāĻŦāϏāĻžāϝāĻŧāĻŋāύāĻžāĻŽā§ āĨĨā§Ēā§§āĨĨ
vyavasāyātmikā buddhir ekeha kuru-nandana
bahu-śhākhā hyanantāśh cha buddhayo ’vyavasāyinām
Word Meanings:
vyavasāya-ātmikā—resolute; buddhiá¸Ĩ—intellect; ekā—single; iha—on this path; kuru-nandana—descendent of the Kurus; bahu-śhākhāá¸Ĩ—many-branched; hi—indeed; anantāá¸Ĩ—endless; cha—also; buddhayaá¸Ĩ—intellect; avyavasāyinām—of the irresolute
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϝāĻžāϰāĻž āĻāχ āĻĒāĻĨ āĻ…āĻŦāϞāĻŽā§āĻŦāύ āĻ•āϰ⧇āϛ⧇ āϤāĻžāĻĻ⧇āϰ āύāĻŋāĻļā§āϚāϝāĻŧāĻžāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻŋāĻ•āĻž āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋ āĻāĻ•āύāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ āĨ¤ āĻšā§‡ āϕ⧁āϰ⧁āύāĻ¨ā§āĻĻāύ, āĻ…āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϰāϚāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϤ āϏāĻ•āĻžāĻŽ āĻŦā§āϝāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋāĻĻ⧇āϰ āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋ āĻŦāĻšā§ āĻļāĻžāĻ–āĻžāĻŦāĻŋāĻļāĻŋāĻˇā§āϟ āĻ“ āĻŦāĻšā§āĻŽā§āĻ–ā§€āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 42
ā¤¯ā¤žā¤Žā¤ŋā¤Žā¤žā¤‚ ā¤ĒāĨā¤ˇāĨā¤Ēā¤ŋā¤¤ā¤žā¤‚ ā¤ĩā¤žā¤šā¤‚ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤ĩā¤Ļ⤍āĨā¤¤āĨā¤¯ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤Ēā¤ļāĨā¤šā¤ŋ⤤⤃āĨ¤
ā¤ĩāĨ‡ā¤Ļā¤ĩā¤žā¤Ļā¤°ā¤¤ā¤žā¤ƒ ā¤Ēā¤žā¤°āĨā¤Ĩ ā¤¨ā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤¯ā¤Ļ⤏āĨā¤¤āĨ€ā¤¤ā¤ŋ ā¤ĩā¤žā¤Ļā¤ŋ⤍⤃āĨ¤āĨ¤2.42āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϝāĻžāĻŽāĻŋāĻŽāĻžāĻ‚ āĻĒ⧁āĻˇā§āĻĒāĻŋāϤāĻžāĻ‚ āĻŦāĻžāϚāĻ‚ āĻĒā§āϰāĻŦāĻĻāĻ¨ā§āĻ¤ā§āϝāĻŦāĻŋāĻĒāĻļā§āϚāĻŋāϤāσ āĨ¤
āĻŦ⧇āĻĻāĻŦāĻžāĻĻāϰāϤāĻžāσ āĻĒāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ āύāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϝāĻĻāĻ¸ā§āϤ⧀āϤāĻŋ āĻŦāĻžāĻĻāĻŋāύāσ āĨĨā§Ē⧍āĨĨ
yāmimāᚁ puášŖhpitāᚁ vāchaᚁ pravadanty-avipaśhchitaá¸Ĩ
veda-vāda-ratāá¸Ĩ pārtha nānyad astÄĢti vādinaá¸Ĩ
kāmātmānaá¸Ĩ swarga-parā janma-karma-phala-pradām
kriyā-viśheášŖha-bahulāᚁ bhogaiśhwarya-gatiᚁ prati
Word Meanings:
yām imām—all these; puášŖhpitām—flowery; vācham—words; pravadanti—speak; avipaśhchitaá¸Ĩ—those with limited understanding; veda-vāda-ratāá¸Ĩ—attached to the flowery words of the Vedas; pārtha—Arjun, the son of Pritha; na anyat—no other; asti—is; iti—thus; vādinaá¸Ĩ—advocate;
kāma-ātmānaá¸Ĩ—desirous of sensual pleasure; swarga-parāá¸Ĩ—aiming to achieve the heavenly planets; janma-karma-phala—high birth and fruitive results; pradāṁ—awarding; kriyā-viśheášŖha—pompous ritualistic ceremonies; bahulām—various; bhoga—gratification; aiśhwarya—luxury; gatim—progress; prati—toward
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻŦāĻŋāĻŦ⧇āĻ•āĻŦāĻ°ā§āϜāĻŋāϤ āϞ⧋āϕ⧇āϰāĻžāχ āĻŦ⧇āĻĻ⧇āϰ āĻĒ⧁āĻˇā§āĻĒāĻŋāϤ āĻŦāĻžāĻ•ā§āϝ⧇ āφāϏāĻ•ā§āϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāĻ°ā§āĻ—āϏ⧁āĻ– āĻ­ā§‹āĻ—, āωāĻšā§āϚāϕ⧁āϞ⧇ āϜāĻ¨ā§āĻŽ, āĻ•ā§āώāĻŽāϤāĻž āϞāĻžāĻ­ āφāĻĻāĻŋ āϏāĻ•āĻžāĻŽ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽāϕ⧇āχ āĻœā§€āĻŦāύ⧇āϰ āϚāϰāĻŽ āωāĻĻā§āĻĻ⧇āĻļā§āϝ āĻŦāϞ⧇ āĻŽāύ⧇ āĻ•āϰ⧇āĨ¤ āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāϏ⧁āĻ– āĻ­ā§‹āĻ— āĻ“ āϐāĻļā§āĻŦāĻ°ā§āϝ⧇āϰ āĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋ āφāĻ•ā§ƒāĻˇā§āϟ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āϤāĻžāϰāĻž āĻŦāϞ⧇ āϝ⧇, āϤāĻžāϰ āϊāĻ°ā§āĻ§ā§āĻŦ⧇ āφāϰ āĻ•āĻŋāϛ⧁āχ āύ⧇āχāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 43
ā¤•ā¤žā¤Žā¤žā¤¤āĨā¤Žā¤žā¤¨ā¤ƒ ⤏āĨā¤ĩ⤰āĨā¤—ā¤Ēā¤°ā¤ž ⤜⤍āĨā¤Žā¤•⤰āĨā¤Žā¤Ģ⤞ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤Ļā¤žā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤
⤕āĨā¤°ā¤ŋā¤¯ā¤žā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤ļāĨ‡ā¤ˇā¤Ŧā¤šāĨā¤˛ā¤žā¤‚ ⤭āĨ‹ā¤—āĨˆā¤ļāĨā¤ĩ⤰āĨā¤¯ā¤—⤤ā¤ŋ⤂ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤¤ā¤ŋāĨ¤āĨ¤2.43āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ•āĻžāĻŽāĻžāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻžāύāσ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāĻ°ā§āĻ—āĻĒāϰāĻž āϜāĻ¨ā§āĻŽāĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽāĻĢāϞāĻĒā§āϰāĻĻāĻžāĻŽā§ āĨ¤
āĻ•ā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāĻžāĻŦāĻŋāĻļ⧇āώāĻŦāĻšā§āϞāĻžāĻ‚ āĻ­ā§‹āĻ—ā§ˆāĻļā§āĻŦāĻ°ā§āϝāĻ—āϤāĻŋāĻ‚ āĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋ āĨĨā§Ēā§ŠāĨĨ
kāmātmānaá¸Ĩ svarga-parā
janma-karma-phala-pradām
kriyā-viśeášŖa-bahulāᚁ
bhogaiśvarya-gatiᚁ prati
Word Meanings:
kāmaātmānaá¸Ĩ—desirous of sense gratification; svarga-parāá¸Ĩ—aiming to achieve heavenly planets; janma-karma-phala-pradām—resulting in fruitive action, good birth, etc.; kriyā-viśeášŖa—pompous ceremonies; bahulām—various; bhoga—sense enjoyment; aiśvarya—opulence; gatim—progress; prati—towards.
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 44
⤭āĨ‹ā¤—āĨˆā¤ļāĨā¤ĩ⤰āĨā¤¯ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤¸ā¤•āĨā¤¤ā¤žā¤¨ā¤žā¤‚ ā¤¤ā¤¯ā¤žā¤Ēā¤šāĨƒā¤¤ā¤šāĨ‡ā¤¤ā¤¸ā¤žā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤
ā¤ĩāĨā¤¯ā¤ĩā¤¸ā¤žā¤¯ā¤žā¤¤āĨā¤Žā¤ŋā¤•ā¤ž ā¤ŦāĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤ŋ⤃ ā¤¸ā¤Žā¤žā¤§āĨŒ ⤍ ā¤ĩā¤ŋ⤧āĨ€ā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡āĨ¤āĨ¤2.44āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ­ā§‹āĻ—ā§ˆāĻļā§āĻŦāĻ°ā§āϝāĻĒā§āϰāĻļāĻ•ā§āϤāĻžāύāĻžāĻ‚ āϤāϝāĻŧāĻžāĻĒāĻšā§ƒāϤāĻšā§‡āϤāϏāĻžāĻŽā§āĨ¤
āĻŦā§āϝāĻŦāϏāĻžāϝāĻŧāĻžāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻŋāĻ•āĻž āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāσ āϏāĻŽāĻžāϧ⧌ āύ āĻŦāĻŋāϧ⧀āϝāĻŧāϤ⧇ āĨĨā§Ēā§ĒāĨĨ
bhogaiśwvarya-prasaktānāᚁ tayāpahṛita-chetasām
vyavasāyātmikā buddhiá¸Ĩ samādhau na vidhÄĢyate
Word Meanings:
bhoga—gratification; aiśhwarya—luxury; prasaktānām—whose minds are deeply attached; tayā—by that; apahṛita-chetasām—bewildered in intellect; vyavasāya-ātmikā—resolute; buddhiá¸Ĩ—intellect; samādhau—fulfilment; na—never; vidhÄĢyate—occurs
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϝāĻžāϰāĻž āĻ­ā§‹āĻ— āĻ“ āϐāĻļā§āĻŦāĻ°ā§āϝāϏ⧁āϖ⧇ āĻāĻ•āĻžāĻ¨ā§āϤ āφāϏāĻ•ā§āϤ, āϏ⧇āχ āϏāĻŽāĻ¸ā§āϤ āĻŦāĻŋāĻŦ⧇āĻ•āĻŦāĻ°ā§āϜāĻŋāϤ āĻŽā§‚āĻĸāĻŧ āĻŦā§āϝāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋāĻĻ⧇āϰ āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋ āϏāĻŽāĻžāϧāĻŋ āĻ…āĻ°ā§āĻĨāĻžā§Ž āĻ­āĻ—āĻŦāĻžāύ⧇ āĻāĻ•āύāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ āϤāĻž āϞāĻžāĻ­ āĻšāϝāĻŧ āύāĻžāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 45
⤤āĨā¤°āĨˆā¤—āĨā¤ŖāĨā¤¯ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤ˇā¤¯ā¤ž ā¤ĩāĨ‡ā¤Ļā¤ž ⤍ā¤ŋ⤏āĨā¤¤āĨā¤°āĨˆā¤—āĨā¤ŖāĨā¤¯āĨ‹ ⤭ā¤ĩā¤žā¤°āĨā¤œāĨā¤¨āĨ¤
⤍ā¤ŋ⤰āĨā¤ĻāĨā¤ĩ⤍āĨā¤ĻāĨā¤ĩāĨ‹ ⤍ā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤¯ā¤¸ā¤¤āĨā¤¤āĨā¤ĩ⤏āĨā¤ĨāĨ‹ ⤍ā¤ŋ⤰āĨā¤¯āĨ‹ā¤—⤕āĨā¤ˇāĨ‡ā¤Ž ⤆⤤āĨā¤Žā¤ĩā¤žā¤¨āĨāĨ¤āĨ¤2.45āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ¤ā§āϰ⧈āϗ⧁āĻŖā§āϝāĻŦāĻŋāώāϝāĻŧāĻž āĻŦ⧇āĻĻāĻž āύāĻŋāĻ¸ā§āĻ¤ā§āϰ⧈āϗ⧁āĻŖā§āϝ⧋ āĻ­āĻŦāĻžāĻ°ā§āϜ⧁āύ āĨ¤
āύāĻŋāĻ°ā§āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āĻŦā§‹ āύāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝāϏāĻ¤ā§āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻ¸ā§āĻĨā§‹ āύāĻŋāĻ°ā§āϝ⧋āĻ—āĻ•ā§āώ⧇āĻŽ āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻŦāĻžāĻ¨ā§ āĨĨā§Ēā§ĢāĨĨ
trai-guṇya-viášŖhayā vedā nistrai-guṇyo bhavārjuna
nirdvandvo nitya-sattva-stho niryoga-kášŖhema ātmavān
Word Meanings:
trai-guṇya—of the three modes of material nature; viášŖhayāá¸Ĩ—subject matter; vedāá¸Ĩ—Vedic scriptures; nistrai-guṇyaá¸Ĩ—above the three modes of material nature, transcendental; bhava—be; arjuna—Arjun; nirdvandvaá¸Ĩ—free from dualities; nitya-sattva-sthaá¸Ĩ—eternally fixed in truth; niryoga-kášŖhemaá¸Ĩ—unconcerned about gain and preservation; ātma-vān—situated in the self
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻŦ⧇āĻĻ⧇ āĻĒā§āϰāϧāĻžāύāϤ āϜāĻĄāĻŧāĻž āĻĒā§āϰāĻ•ā§ƒāϤāĻŋāϰ āϤāĻŋāύāϟāĻŋ āϗ⧁āĻŖ āϏāĻŽā§āĻŦāĻ¨ā§āϧ⧇āχ āφāϞ⧋āϚāύāĻž āĻ•āϰāĻž āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇āϛ⧇āĨ¤ āĻšā§‡ āĻ…āĻ°ā§āϜ⧁āύ ! āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻŋ āϏ⧇āχ āϗ⧁āĻŖāϗ⧁āϞāĻŋāϕ⧇ āĻ…āϤāĻŋāĻ•ā§āϰāĻŽ āĻ•āϰ⧇ āύāĻŋāĻ°ā§āϗ⧁āĻŖāĻ¸ā§āϤāϰ⧇ āĻ…āϧāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ āĻŋāϤ āĻšāĻ“āĨ¤ āϏāĻŽāĻ¸ā§āϤ āĻĻāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āĻŦ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āĻŽā§āĻ•ā§āϤ āĻšāĻ“ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āϞāĻžāĻ­-āĻ•ā§āώāϤāĻŋ āĻ“ āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāϰāĻ•ā§āώāĻžāϰ āĻĻ⧁āĻļā§āϚāĻŋāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻž āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āĻŽā§āĻ•ā§āϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āĻ…āĻ§ā§āϝāĻžāĻ¤ā§āĻŽ āĻšā§‡āϤāύāĻžāϝāĻŧ āĻ…āϧāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ āĻŋāϤ āĻšāĻ“āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 46
ā¤¯ā¤žā¤ĩā¤žā¤¨ā¤°āĨā¤Ĩ ⤉ā¤Ļā¤Ēā¤žā¤¨āĨ‡ ⤏⤰āĨā¤ĩ⤤⤃ ⤏⤂ā¤ĒāĨā¤˛āĨā¤¤āĨ‹ā¤Ļ⤕āĨ‡āĨ¤
ā¤¤ā¤žā¤ĩā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤¸ā¤°āĨā¤ĩāĨ‡ā¤ˇāĨ ā¤ĩāĨ‡ā¤ĻāĨ‡ā¤ˇāĨ ā¤ŦāĨā¤°ā¤žā¤šāĨā¤Žā¤Ŗā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤œā¤žā¤¨ā¤¤ā¤ƒāĨ¤āĨ¤2.46āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϝāĻžāĻŦāĻžāύāĻ°ā§āĻĨ āωāĻĻāĻĒāĻžāύ⧇ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāϤāσ āϏāĻ‚āĻĒā§āϞ⧁āϤ⧋āĻĻāϕ⧇ āĨ¤
āϤāĻžāĻŦāĻžāĻ¨ā§ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦ⧇āώ⧁ āĻŦ⧇āĻĻ⧇āώ⧁ āĻŦā§āϰāĻžāĻšā§āĻŽāĻŖāĻ¸ā§āϝ āĻŦāĻŋāϜāĻžāύāϤāσ āĨĨā§Ēā§ŦāĨĨ
yāvān artha udapāne sarvataá¸Ĩ samplutodake
tāvānsarveášŖhu vedeášŖhu brāhmaṇasya vijānataá¸Ĩ
Word Meanings:
yāvān—whatever; arthaá¸Ĩ—purpose; uda-pāne—a well of water; sarvataá¸Ĩ—in all respects; sampluta-udake—by a large lake; tāvān—that many; sarveášŖhu—in all; vedeášŖhu—Vedas; brāhmaṇasya—one who realizes the Absolute Truth; vijānataá¸Ĩ—who is in complete knowledge
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻ•ā§āώ⧁āĻĻā§āϰ āϜāϞāĻžāĻļāϝāĻŧ⧇ āϝ⧇ āϏāĻŽāĻ¸ā§āϤ āĻĒā§āϰāϝāĻŧā§‹āϜāύ āϏāĻžāϧāĻŋāϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ, āϏ⧇āϗ⧁āϞāĻŋ āĻŦ⧃āĻšā§Ž āϜāϞāĻžāĻļāϝāĻŧ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āφāĻĒāύāĻž āĻšāϤ⧇āχ āϏāĻžāϧāĻŋāϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āϝāĻžāϝāĻŧāĨ¤ āϤ⧇āĻŽāύāχ, āĻ­āĻ—āĻŦāĻžāύ⧇āϰ āωāĻĒāĻžāϏāύāĻžāϰ āĻŽāĻžāĻ§ā§āϝāĻŽā§‡ āϝāĻŋāύāĻŋ āĻĒāϰāĻŦā§āϰāĻšā§āĻŽā§‡āϰ āĻœā§āĻžāĻžāύ āϞāĻžāĻ­ āĻ•āϰ⧇ āϏāĻŦ āĻ•āĻŋāϛ⧁āϰ āωāĻĻā§āĻĻ⧇āĻļā§āϝ āωāĻĒāϞāĻŦā§āϧāĻŋ āĻ•āϰ⧇āϛ⧇āύ, āϤāĻžāρāϰ āĻ•āĻžāϛ⧇ āϏāĻŽāĻ¸ā§āϤ āĻŦ⧇āĻĻ⧇āϰ āωāĻĻā§āĻĻ⧇āĻļā§āϝ āϏāĻžāϧāĻŋāϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇āϛ⧇āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 47
⤕⤰āĨā¤Žā¤ŖāĨā¤¯āĨ‡ā¤ĩā¤žā¤§ā¤ŋā¤•ā¤žā¤°ā¤¸āĨā¤¤āĨ‡ ā¤Žā¤ž ā¤Ģ⤞āĨ‡ā¤ˇāĨ ⤕ā¤Ļā¤žā¤šā¤¨āĨ¤
ā¤Žā¤ž ⤕⤰āĨā¤Žā¤Ģā¤˛ā¤šāĨ‡ā¤¤āĨā¤°āĨā¤­āĨ‚⤰āĨā¤Žā¤ž ⤤āĨ‡ ⤏⤙āĨā¤—āĨ‹ā¤Ŋ⤏āĨā¤¤āĨā¤ĩ⤕⤰āĨā¤Žā¤Ŗā¤ŋāĨ¤āĨ¤2.47āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽāĻŖā§āϝ⧇āĻŦāĻžāϧāĻŋāĻ•āĻžāϰāĻ¸ā§āϤ⧇ āĻŽāĻž āĻĢāϞ⧇āώ⧁ āĻ•āĻĻāĻžāϚāύ āĨ¤
āĻŽāĻž āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽāĻĢāϞāĻšā§‡āϤ⧁āĻ°ā§āĻ­ā§‚āĻ°ā§āĻŽāĻž āϤ⧇ āϏāĻ™ā§āĻ—ā§‹āĻšāĻ¸ā§āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽāĻŖāĻŋ āĨĨā§Ēā§­āĨĨ
karmaṇy-evādhikāras te mā phaleášŖhu kadāchana
mā karma-phala-hetur bhÅĢr mā te saṅgo ’stvakarmaṇi
Word Meanings:
karmaṇi—in prescribed duties; eva—only; adhikāraá¸Ĩ—right; te—your; mā—not; phaleášŖhu—in the fruits; kadāchana—at any time; mā—never; karma-phala—results of the activities; hetuá¸Ĩ—cause; bhÅĢá¸Ĩ—be; mā—not; te—your; saṅgaá¸Ĩ—attachment; astu—must be; akarmaṇi—in inaction
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāϧāĻ°ā§āĻŽ āĻŦāĻŋāĻšāĻŋāϤ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽā§‡ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻ…āϧāĻŋāĻ•āĻžāϰ āφāϛ⧇, āĻ•āĻŋāĻ¨ā§āϤ⧁ āϕ⧋āύ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽāĻĢāϞ⧇ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻ…āϧāĻŋāĻ•āĻžāϰ āύ⧇āχāĨ¤ āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āύāĻŋāĻœā§‡āϕ⧇ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽāĻĢāϞ⧇āϰ āĻšā§‡āϤ⧁ āĻŽāύ⧇ āĻ•āϰ⧋ āύāĻž, āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāϧāĻ°ā§āĻŽ āφāϚāϰāĻŖ āύāĻž āĻ•āϰāĻžāϰ āĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋāĻ“ āφāϏāĻ•ā§āϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧā§‹ āύāĻžāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 48
⤝āĨ‹ā¤—⤏āĨā¤Ĩ⤃ ⤕āĨā¤°āĨ ⤕⤰āĨā¤Žā¤žā¤Ŗā¤ŋ ⤏⤙āĨā¤—⤂ ⤤āĨā¤¯ā¤•āĨā¤¤āĨā¤ĩā¤ž ā¤§ā¤¨ā¤žāĨā¤œā¤¯āĨ¤
⤏ā¤ŋā¤ĻāĨā¤§āĨā¤¯ā¤¸ā¤ŋā¤ĻāĨā¤§āĨā¤¯āĨ‹ā¤ƒ ā¤¸ā¤ŽāĨ‹ ⤭āĨ‚⤤āĨā¤ĩā¤ž ā¤¸ā¤Žā¤¤āĨā¤ĩ⤂ ⤝āĨ‹ā¤— ā¤‰ā¤šāĨā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡āĨ¤āĨ¤2.48āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϝ⧋āĻ—āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāσ āϕ⧁āϰ⧁ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽāĻžāĻŖāĻŋ āϏāĻ™ā§āĻ—āĻ‚ āĻ¤ā§āϝāĻ•ā§āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻž āϧāύāĻžā§āϜāϝāĻŧ āĨ¤
āϏāĻŋāĻĻā§āĻ§ā§āϝāϏāĻŋāĻĻā§āĻ§ā§āϝ⧋āσ āϏāĻŽā§‹ āĻ­ā§‚āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻž āϏāĻŽāĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻ‚ āϝ⧋āĻ— āωāĻšā§āϝāϤ⧇ āĨĨā§Ēā§ŽāĨĨ
yoga-sthaá¸Ĩ kuru karmāṇi saṅgaᚁ tyaktvā dhanaÃąjaya
siddhy-asiddhyoá¸Ĩ samo bhÅĢtvā samatvaᚁ yoga uchyate
Word Meanings:
yoga-sthaá¸Ĩ—being steadfast in yog; kuru—perform; karmāṇi—duties; saṅgam—attachment; tyaktvā—having abandoned; dhanaÃąjaya—Arjun; siddhi-asiddhyoá¸Ĩ—in success and failure; samaá¸Ĩ—equipoised; bhÅĢtvā—becoming; samatvam—equanimity; yogaá¸Ĩ—Yog; uchyate—is called
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻšā§‡ āĻ…āĻ°ā§āϜ⧁āύ ! āĻĢāϞāĻ­ā§‹āϗ⧇āϰ āĻ•āĻžāĻŽāύāĻž āĻĒāϰāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻžāĻ— āĻ•āϰ⧇ āĻ­āĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋāϝ⧋āĻ—āĻ¸ā§āĻĨ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāϧāĻ°ā§āĻŽ-āĻŦāĻŋāĻšāĻŋāϤ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽ āφāϚāϰāĻŖ āĻ•āϰāĨ¤ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽā§‡āϰ āϏāĻŋāĻĻā§āϧāĻŋ āĻ“ āĻ…āϏāĻŋāĻĻā§āϧāĻŋ āϏāĻŽā§āĻŦāĻ¨ā§āϧ⧇ āϝ⧇ āϏāĻŽāĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋ, āϤāĻžāϕ⧇āχ āϝ⧋āĻ— āĻŦāϞāĻž āĻšāϝāĻŧāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 49
ā¤ĻāĨ‚⤰āĨ‡ā¤Ŗ ā¤šāĨā¤¯ā¤ĩ⤰⤂ ⤕⤰āĨā¤Ž ā¤ŦāĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤ŋ⤝āĨ‹ā¤—ā¤žā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤¨ā¤žāĨā¤œā¤¯āĨ¤
ā¤ŦāĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§āĨŒ ā¤ļā¤°ā¤Ŗā¤Žā¤¨āĨā¤ĩā¤ŋ⤚āĨā¤› ⤕āĨƒā¤Ēā¤Ŗā¤žā¤ƒ ā¤Ģā¤˛ā¤šāĨ‡ā¤¤ā¤ĩ⤃āĨ¤āĨ¤2.49āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻĻā§‚āϰ⧇āĻŖ āĻšā§āϝāĻŦāϰāĻ‚ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽ āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāϝ⧋āĻ—āĻžāĻĻā§āϧāύāĻžā§āϜāϝāĻŧ āĨ¤
āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧ⧌ āĻļāϰāĻŖāĻŽāĻ¨ā§āĻŦāĻŋāĻšā§āĻ› āĻ•ā§ƒāĻĒāĻŖāĻžāσ āĻĢāϞāĻšā§‡āϤāĻŦāσ āĨĨā§Ē⧝āĨĨ
dÅĢreṇa hy-avaraᚁ karma buddhi-yogād dhanaÃąjaya
buddhau śharaṇam anvichchha kṛipaṇāá¸Ĩ phala-hetavaá¸Ĩ
Word Meanings:
dÅĢreṇa—(discrad) from far away; hi—certainly; avaram—inferior; karma—reward-seeking actions; buddhi-yogāt—with the intellect established in Divine knowledge; dhanaÃąjaya—Arjun; buddhau—divine knowledge and insight; śharaṇam—refuge; anvichchha—seek; kṛipaṇāá¸Ĩ—miserly; phala-hetavaá¸Ĩ—those seeking fruits of their work
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻšā§‡ āϧāύāĻžā§āϜāϝāĻŧ ! āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāϝ⧋āĻ— āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻžāϰāĻž āĻ­āĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋāϰ āĻ…āύ⧁āĻļā§€āϞāύ āĻ•āϰ⧇ āϏāĻ•āĻžāĻŽ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āĻĻā§‚āϰ⧇ āĻĨāĻžāĻ• āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āϏ⧇āχ āĻšā§‡āϤāύāĻžāϝāĻŧ āĻ…āϧāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ āĻŋāϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āĻ­āĻ—āĻŦāĻžāύ⧇āϰ āĻļāϰāĻŖāĻžāĻ—āϤ āĻšāĻ“ ⧎ āϝāĻžāϰāĻž āϤāĻžāĻĻ⧇āϰ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽā§‡āϰ āĻĢāϞ āĻ­ā§‹āĻ— āĻ•āϰāϤ⧇ āϚāĻžāϝāĻŧ, āϤāĻžāϰāĻž āĻ•ā§ƒāĻĒāĻŖāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 50
ā¤ŦāĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤ŋ⤝āĨā¤•āĨā¤¤āĨ‹ ā¤œā¤šā¤žā¤¤āĨ€ā¤š ⤉⤭āĨ‡ ⤏āĨā¤•āĨƒā¤¤ā¤ĻāĨā¤ˇāĨā¤•āĨƒā¤¤āĨ‡āĨ¤
⤤⤏āĨā¤Žā¤žā¤ĻāĨā¤¯āĨ‹ā¤—ā¤žā¤¯ ⤝āĨā¤œāĨā¤¯ā¤¸āĨā¤ĩ ⤝āĨ‹ā¤—ā¤ƒ ⤕⤰āĨā¤Žā¤¸āĨ ⤕āĨŒā¤ļā¤˛ā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤āĨ¤2.50āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāϝ⧁āĻ•ā§āϤ⧋ āϜāĻšāĻžāϤ⧀āĻš āωāϭ⧇ āϏ⧁āĻ•ā§ƒāϤāĻĻ⧁āĻˇā§āĻ•ā§ƒāϤ⧇ āĨ¤
āϤāĻ¸ā§āĻŽāĻžāĻĻā§ āϝ⧋āĻ—āĻžāϝāĻŧ āϝ⧁āĻœā§āϝāĻ¸ā§āĻŦ āϝ⧋āĻ—āσ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽāϏ⧁ āĻ•ā§ŒāĻļāϞāĻŽā§ āĨĨā§Ģā§ĻāĨĨ
buddhi-yukto jahātÄĢha ubhe sukṛita-duášŖhkṛite
tasmād yogāya yujyasva yogaá¸Ĩ karmasu kauśhalam
Word Meanings:
buddhi-yuktaá¸Ĩ—endowed with wisdom; jahāti—get rid of; iha—in this life; ubhe—both; sukṛita-duášŖhkṛite—good and bad deeds; tasmāt—therefore; yogāya—for Yog; yujyasva—strive for; yogaá¸Ĩ—yog is; karmasu kauśhalam—the art of working skillfully
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϝāĻŋāύāĻŋ āĻ­āĻ—āĻŦāĻĻā§āĻ­āĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋāϰ āĻ…āύ⧁āĻļā§€āϞāύ āĻ•āϰ⧇āύ, āϤāĻŋāύāĻŋ āĻāχ āĻœā§€āĻŦāύ⧇āχ āĻĒāĻžāĻĒ āĻ“ āĻĒ⧁āĻŖā§āϝ āωāĻ­āϝāĻŧ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇āχ āĻŽā§āĻ•ā§āϤ āĻšāύāĨ¤ āĻ…āϤāĻāĻŦ, āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻŋ āύāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ•āĻžāĻŽ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽāϝ⧋āϗ⧇āϰ āĻ…āύ⧁āĻˇā§āĻ āĻžāύ āĻ•āϰ⧎ āϏ⧇āϟāĻŋāχ āĻšāĻšā§āϛ⧇ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻžāĻ™ā§āĻ—ā§€āĻŖ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽāĻ•ā§ŒāĻļāϞāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 51
⤕⤰āĨā¤Žā¤œā¤‚ ā¤ŦāĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤ŋ⤝āĨā¤•āĨā¤¤ā¤ž ā¤šā¤ŋ ā¤Ģ⤞⤂ ⤤āĨā¤¯ā¤•āĨā¤¤āĨā¤ĩā¤ž ā¤Žā¤¨āĨ€ā¤ˇā¤ŋ⤪⤃āĨ¤
⤜⤍āĨā¤Žā¤Ŧ⤍āĨā¤§ā¤ĩā¤ŋ⤍ā¤ŋ⤰āĨā¤ŽāĨā¤•āĨā¤¤ā¤žā¤ƒ ā¤Ēā¤Ļ⤂ ā¤—ā¤šāĨā¤›ā¤¨āĨā¤¤āĨā¤¯ā¤¨ā¤žā¤Žā¤¯ā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤āĨ¤2.51āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽāϜāĻ‚ āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāϝ⧁āĻ•ā§āϤāĻž āĻšāĻŋ āĻĢāϞāĻ‚ āĻ¤ā§āϝāĻ•ā§āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻž āĻŽāύ⧀āώāĻŋāĻŖāσ āĨ¤
āϜāĻ¨ā§āĻŽāĻŦāĻ¨ā§āϧāĻŦāĻŋāύāĻŋāĻ°ā§āĻŽā§āĻ•ā§āϤāĻžāσ āĻĒāĻĻāĻ‚ āĻ—āĻšā§āĻ›āĻ¨ā§āĻ¤ā§āϝāύāĻžāĻŽāϝāĻŧāĻŽā§āĨĨā§Ģā§§āĨĨ
karma-jaᚁ buddhi-yuktā hi phalaᚁ tyaktvā manÄĢášŖhiṇaá¸Ĩ
janma-bandha-vinirmuktāá¸Ĩ padaᚁ gachchhanty-anāmayam
Word Meanings:
karma-jam—born of fruitive actions; buddhi-yuktāá¸Ĩ—endowed with equanimity of intellect; hi—as; phalam—fruits; tyaktvā—abandoning; manÄĢášŖhiṇaá¸Ĩ—the wise; janma-bandha-vinirmuktāá¸Ĩ—freedom from the bondage of life and death; padam—state; gachchhanti—attain; anāmayam—devoid of sufferings
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻŽāύ⧀āώāĻŋāĻ—āĻŖ āĻ­āĻ—āĻŦāĻžāύ⧇āϰ āϏ⧇āĻŦāĻžāϝāĻŧ āϝ⧁āĻ•ā§āϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽāϜāĻžāϤ āĻĢāϞ āĻ¤ā§āϝāĻžāĻ— āĻ•āϰ⧇ āϜāĻ¨ā§āĻŽ-āĻŽā§ƒāĻ¤ā§āϝ⧁āϰ āĻŦāĻ¨ā§āϧāύ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āĻŽā§āĻ•ā§āϤ āĻšāύāĨ¤ āĻāĻ­āĻžāĻŦ⧇ āϤāĻžāρāϰāĻž āϏāĻŽāĻ¸ā§āϤ āĻĻ⧁āσāĻ–-āĻĻ⧁āĻ°ā§āĻĻāĻļāĻžāϰ āĻ…āϤ⧀āϤ āĻ…āĻŦāĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻž āϞāĻžāĻ­ āĻ•āϰ⧇āύāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 52
⤝ā¤Ļā¤ž ⤤āĨ‡ ā¤ŽāĨ‹ā¤šā¤•⤞ā¤ŋ⤞⤂ ā¤ŦāĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤ŋ⤰āĨā¤ĩāĨā¤¯ā¤¤ā¤ŋ⤤⤰ā¤ŋ⤎āĨā¤¯ā¤¤ā¤ŋāĨ¤
⤤ā¤Ļā¤ž ⤗⤍āĨā¤¤ā¤žā¤¸ā¤ŋ ⤍ā¤ŋ⤰āĨā¤ĩāĨ‡ā¤Ļ⤂ ā¤ļāĨā¤°āĨ‹ā¤¤ā¤ĩāĨā¤¯ā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ā¤ļāĨā¤°āĨā¤¤ā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ⤚āĨ¤āĨ¤2.52āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϝāĻĻāĻž āϤ⧇ āĻŽā§‹āĻšāĻ•āϞāĻŋāϞāĻ‚ āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāĻ°ā§āĻŦā§āϝāϤāĻŋāϤāϰāĻŋāĻˇā§āϝāϤāĻŋ āĨ¤
āϤāĻĻāĻž āĻ—āĻ¨ā§āϤāĻžāϏāĻŋ āύāĻŋāĻ°ā§āĻŦ⧇āĻĻāĻ‚ āĻļā§āϰ⧋āϤāĻŦā§āϝāĻ¸ā§āϝ āĻļā§āϰ⧁āϤāĻ¸ā§āϝ āϚ āĨĨā§Ģ⧍āĨĨ
yadā te moha-kalilaᚁ buddhir vyatitariášŖhyati
tadā gantāsi nirvedaᚁ śhrotavyasya śhrutasya cha
Word Meanings:
yadā—when; te—your; moha—delusion; kalilam—quagmire; buddhiá¸Ĩ—intellect; vyatitariášŖhyati—crosses; tadā—then; gantāsi—you shall acquire; nirvedam—indifferent; śhrotavyasya—to what is yet to be heard; śhrutasya—to what has been heard; cha—and
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻāĻ­āĻžāĻŦ⧇ āĻĒāϰāĻŽā§‡āĻļā§āĻŦāϰ āĻ­āĻ—āĻŦāĻžāύ⧇ āĻ…āĻ°ā§āĻĒāĻŋāϤ āύāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ•āĻžāĻŽ āĻ•āĻ°ā§āĻŽ āĻ…āĻ­ā§āϝāĻžāϏ āĻ•āϰāϤ⧇ āĻ•āϰāϤ⧇ āĻ¯ā§āĻ–āύ āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋ āĻŽā§‹āĻšāϰ⧂āĻĒ āĻ—āĻ­ā§€āϰ āĻ…āϰāĻŖā§āϝāϕ⧇ āϏāĻŽā§āĻĒā§‚āĻ°ā§āĻŖāϰ⧂āĻĒ⧇ āĻ…āϤāĻŋāĻ•ā§āϰāĻŽ āĻ•āϰāĻŦ⧇, āϤāĻ–āύ āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻŋ āϝāĻž āĻ•āĻŋāϛ⧁ āĻļ⧁āύ⧇āĻ› āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āϝāĻž āĻ•āĻŋāϛ⧁ āĻļā§āϰāĻŦāĻŖā§€āϝāĻŧ, āϏ⧇āχ āϏāĻŦ⧇āϰ āĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋ āϏāĻŽā§āĻĒā§‚āĻ°ā§āĻŖāϰ⧂āĻĒ⧇ āύāĻŋāϰāĻĒ⧇āĻ•ā§āώ āĻšāϤ⧇ āĻĒāĻžāϰāĻŦ⧇āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 53
ā¤ļāĨā¤°āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤¤ā¤ŋā¤Ē⤍āĨā¤¨ā¤ž ⤤āĨ‡ ⤝ā¤Ļā¤ž ⤏āĨā¤Ĩā¤žā¤¸āĨā¤¯ā¤¤ā¤ŋ ⤍ā¤ŋā¤ļāĨā¤šā¤˛ā¤žāĨ¤
ā¤¸ā¤Žā¤žā¤§ā¤žā¤ĩā¤šā¤˛ā¤ž ā¤ŦāĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤ŋ⤏āĨā¤¤ā¤Ļā¤ž ⤝āĨ‹ā¤—ā¤Žā¤ĩā¤žā¤ĒāĨā¤¸āĨā¤¯ā¤¸ā¤ŋāĨ¤āĨ¤2.53āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻļā§āϰ⧁āϤāĻŋāĻŦāĻŋāĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋāĻĒāĻ¨ā§āύāĻž āϤ⧇ āϝāĻĻāĻž āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻžāĻ¸ā§āϝāϤāĻŋ āύāĻŋāĻļā§āϚāϞāĻž āĨ¤
āϏāĻŽāĻžāϧāĻžāĻŦāϚāϞāĻž āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāĻ¸ā§āϤāĻĻāĻž āϝ⧋āĻ—āĻŽāĻŦāĻžāĻĒā§āĻ¸ā§āϝāϏāĻŋ āĨĨā§Ģā§ŠāĨĨ
śhruti-vipratipannā te yadā sthāsyati niśhchalā
samādhāv-achalā buddhis tadā yogam avāpsyasi
Word Meanings:
śhruti-vipratipannā—not allured by the fruitive sections of the Vedas; te—your; yadā—when; sthāsyati—remains; niśhchalā—steadfast; samādhau—in divine consciousness; achalā—steadfast; buddhiá¸Ĩ—intellect; tadā—at that time; yogam—Yog; avāpsyasi—you will attain
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϤ⧋āĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋ āϝāĻ–āύ āĻŦ⧇āĻĻ⧇āϰ āĻŦāĻŋāϚāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϰ āĻ­āĻžāώāĻžāϰ āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻžāϰāĻž āφāϰ āĻŦāĻŋāϚāϞāĻŋāϤ āĻšāĻŦ⧇ āύāĻž āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽ-āωāĻĒāϞāĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāϰ āϏāĻŽāĻžāϧāĻŋāϤ⧇ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϰ āĻšāĻŦ⧇, āϤāĻ–āύ āϤ⧁āĻŽāĻŋ āĻĻāĻŋāĻŦā§āϝāĻœā§āĻžāĻžāύ āϞāĻžāĻ­ āĻ•āϰ⧇ āĻ­āĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋāϝ⧋āϗ⧇ āĻ…āϧāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ āĻŋāϤ āĻšāĻŦ⧇āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 54
⤅⤰āĨā¤œāĨā¤¨ ⤉ā¤ĩā¤žā¤š

⤏āĨā¤Ĩā¤ŋ⤤ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤œāĨā¤žā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ā¤•ā¤ž ā¤­ā¤žā¤ˇā¤ž ā¤¸ā¤Žā¤žā¤§ā¤ŋ⤏āĨā¤Ĩ⤏āĨā¤¯ ⤕āĨ‡ā¤ļā¤ĩāĨ¤
⤏āĨā¤Ĩā¤ŋ⤤⤧āĨ€ā¤ƒ ⤕ā¤ŋ⤂ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤­ā¤žā¤ˇāĨ‡ā¤¤ ⤕ā¤ŋā¤Žā¤žā¤¸āĨ€ā¤¤ ā¤ĩāĨā¤°ā¤œāĨ‡ā¤¤ ⤕ā¤ŋā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤āĨ¤2.54āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ…āĻ°ā§āϜ⧁āύ āωāĻŦāĻžāϚ

āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻžāĻ¸ā§āϝ āĻ•āĻž āĻ­āĻžāώāĻž āϏāĻŽāĻžāϧāĻŋāĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻ¸ā§āϝ āϕ⧇āĻļāĻŦ āĨ¤
āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāϧ⧀āσ āĻ•āĻŋāĻ‚ āĻĒā§āϰāĻ­āĻžāώ⧇āϤ āĻ•āĻŋāĻŽāĻžāϏ⧀āϤ āĻŦā§āϰāĻœā§‡āϤ āĻ•āĻŋāĻŽā§ āĨĨā§Ģā§ĒāĨĨ
arjuna uvācha
sthita-prajÃąasya kā bhÄášŖhā samādhi-sthasya keśhava
sthita-dhÄĢá¸Ĩ kiᚁ prabhÄášŖheta kim āsÄĢta vrajeta kim
Word Meanings:
arjunaá¸Ĩ uvācha—Arjun said; sthita-prajÃąasya—one with steady intellect; kā—what; bhÄášŖhā—talk; samādhi-sthasya—situated in divine consciousness; keśhava—Shree Krishna, killer of the Keshi Demon; sthita-dhÄĢá¸Ĩ—enlightened person; kim—what; prabhÄášŖheta—talks; kim—how; āsÄĢta—sits; vrajeta—walks; kim—how
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻ…āĻ°ā§āϜ⧁āύ āϜāĻŋāĻœā§āĻžāĻžāϏāĻž āĻ•āϰāϞ⧇āύ- āĻšā§‡ āϕ⧇āĻļāĻŦ ! āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻž āĻ…āĻ°ā§āĻĨāĻžā§Ž āĻ…āϚāϞāĻžāĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋ āϏāĻŽā§āĻĒāĻ¨ā§āύ āĻŽāĻžāύ⧁āώ⧇āϰ āϞāĻ•ā§āώāĻŖ āĻ•āĻŋ ? āϤāĻŋāύāĻŋ āĻ•āĻŋāĻ­āĻžāĻŦ⧇ āĻ•āĻĨāĻž āĻŦāϞ⧇āύ, āĻ•āĻŋāĻ­āĻžāĻŦ⧇ āĻ…āĻŦāĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻžāύ āĻ•āϰ⧇āύ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āĻ•āĻŋāĻ­āĻžāĻŦ⧇āχ āĻŦāĻž āϤāĻŋāύāĻŋ āĻŦāĻŋāϚāϰāĻŖ āĻ•āϰ⧇āύ ?
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 55
ā¤ļāĨā¤°āĨ€ ⤭⤗ā¤ĩā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤š
ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤œā¤šā¤žā¤¤ā¤ŋ ⤝ā¤Ļā¤ž ā¤•ā¤žā¤Žā¤žā¤¨āĨ ⤏⤰āĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤¨āĨ ā¤Ēā¤žā¤°āĨā¤Ĩ ā¤Žā¤¨āĨ‹ā¤—ā¤¤ā¤žā¤¨āĨāĨ¤
⤆⤤āĨā¤Žā¤¨āĨā¤¯āĨ‡ā¤ĩā¤žā¤¤āĨā¤Žā¤¨ā¤ž ⤤āĨā¤ˇāĨā¤Ÿā¤ƒ ⤏āĨā¤Ĩā¤ŋ⤤ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤œāĨā¤žā¤¸āĨā¤¤ā¤ĻāĨ‹ā¤šāĨā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡āĨ¤āĨ¤2.55āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻļā§āϰ⧀āĻ­āĻ—āĻŦāĻžāύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāϚāσ

āĻĒā§āϰāϜāĻšāĻžāϤāĻŋ āϝāĻĻāĻž āĻ•āĻžāĻŽāĻžāĻ¨ā§ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻžāĻ¨ā§ āĻĒāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ āĻŽāύ⧋āĻ—āϤāĻžāĻ¨ā§ āĨ¤
āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻ¨ā§āϝ⧇āĻŦāĻžāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāύāĻž āϤ⧁āĻˇā§āϟāσ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻžāĻ¸ā§āϤāĻĻā§‹āĻšā§āϝāϤ⧇ āĨĨā§Ģā§ĢāĨĨ
śhrÄĢ bhagavān uvācha
prajahāti yadā kāmān sarvān pārtha mano-gatān
ātmany-evātmanā tuášŖháš­aá¸Ĩ sthita-prajÃąas tadochyate
Word Meanings:
śhrÄĢ-bhagavān uvācha—The Supreme Lord said; prajahāti—discards; yadā—when; kāmān—selfish desires; sarvān—all; pārtha—Arjun, the son of Pritha; manaá¸Ĩ-gatān—of the mind; ātmani—of the self; eva—only; ātmanā—by the purified mind; tuášŖháš­aá¸Ĩ—satisfied; sthita-prajÃąaá¸Ĩ—one with steady intellect; tadā—at that time; uchyate—is said
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻĒāϰāĻŽā§‡āĻļā§āĻŦāϰ āĻ­āĻ—āĻŦāĻžāύ āĻŦāϞāϞ⧇āύ-- āĻšā§‡ āĻĒāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ ! āĻœā§€āĻŦ āϝāĻ–āύ āĻŽāĻžāύāϏāĻŋāĻ• āϜāĻ˛ā§āĻĒāύāĻž-āĻ•āĻ˛ā§āĻĒāύāĻž āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āωāĻĻā§āĻ­ā§‚āϤ āϏāĻŽāĻ¸ā§āϤ āĻŽāύ⧋āĻ—āϤ āĻ•āĻžāĻŽ āĻĒāϰāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻžāĻ— āĻ•āϰ⧇ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āϤāĻžāϰ āĻŽāύ āϝāĻ–āύ āĻāĻ­āĻžāĻŦ⧇ āĻĒāĻŦāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϰ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻžāϤ⧇āχ āĻĒā§‚āĻ°ā§āĻŖ āĻĒāϰāĻŋāϤ⧃āĻĒā§āϤāĻŋ āϞāĻžāĻ­ āĻ•āϰ⧇, āϤāĻ–āύāχ āϤāĻžāϕ⧇ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻž āĻŦāϞāĻž āĻšāϝāĻŧāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 56
ā¤ĻāĨā¤ƒā¤–āĨ‡ā¤ˇāĨā¤ĩ⤍āĨā¤ĻāĨā¤ĩā¤ŋ⤗āĨā¤¨ā¤Žā¤¨ā¤žā¤ƒ ⤏āĨā¤–āĨ‡ā¤ˇāĨ ā¤ĩā¤ŋ⤗⤤⤏āĨā¤ĒāĨƒā¤šā¤ƒāĨ¤
ā¤ĩāĨ€ā¤¤ā¤°ā¤žā¤—⤭⤝⤕āĨā¤°āĨ‹ā¤§ā¤ƒ ⤏āĨā¤Ĩā¤ŋ⤤⤧āĨ€ā¤°āĨā¤ŽāĨā¤¨ā¤ŋ⤰āĨā¤šāĨā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡āĨ¤āĨ¤2.56āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻĻ⧁āσāϖ⧇āĻˇā§āĻŦāύ⧁āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻŋāĻ—ā§āύāĻŽāύāĻžāσ āϏ⧁āϖ⧇āώ⧁ āĻŦāĻŋāĻ—āϤāĻ¸ā§āĻĒ⧃āĻšāσ āĨ¤
āĻŦā§€āϤāϰāĻžāĻ—āĻ­āϝāĻŧāĻ•ā§āϰ⧋āϧāσ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāϧ⧀āĻ°ā§āĻŽā§āύāĻŋāϰ⧁āĻšā§āϝāϤ⧇ āĨĨā§Ģā§ŦāĨĨ
duá¸ĨkheášŖhv-anudvigna-manāá¸Ĩ sukheášŖhu vigata-spṛihaá¸Ĩ
vÄĢta-rāga-bhaya-krodhaá¸Ĩ sthita-dhÄĢr munir uchyate
Word Meanings:
duá¸ĨkheášŖhu—amidst miseries; anudvigna-manāá¸Ĩ—one whose mind is undisturbed; sukheášŖhu—in pleasure; vigata-spṛihaá¸Ĩ—without craving; vÄĢta—free from; rāga—attachment; bhaya—fear; krodhaá¸Ĩ—anger; sthita-dhÄĢá¸Ĩ—enlightened person; muniá¸Ĩ—a sage; uchyate—is called
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻ¤ā§āϰāĻŋāϤāĻžāĻĒ āĻĻ⧁āσāĻ– āωāĻĒāĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤ āĻšāϞ⧇āĻ“ āϝāĻžāρāϰ āĻŽāύ āωāĻĻā§āĻŦāĻŋāĻ—ā§āύ āĻšāϝāĻŧ āύāĻž, āϏ⧁āĻ– āωāĻĒāĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤ āĻšāϞ⧇āĻ“ āϝāĻžāρāϰ āĻ¸ā§āĻĒ⧃āĻšāĻž āĻšāϝāĻŧ āύāĻž āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āϝāĻŋāύāĻŋ āϰāĻžāĻ—, āĻ­āϝāĻŧ āĻ“ āĻ•ā§āϰ⧋āϧ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āĻŽā§āĻ•ā§āϤ, āϤāĻŋāύāĻŋāχ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāϧ⧀ āĻ…āĻ°ā§āĻĨāĻžā§Ž āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻžāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 57
⤝⤃ ⤏⤰āĨā¤ĩ⤤āĨā¤°ā¤žā¤¨ā¤­ā¤ŋ⤏āĨā¤¨āĨ‡ā¤šā¤¸āĨā¤¤ā¤¤āĨā¤¤ā¤¤āĨā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤žā¤ĒāĨā¤¯ ā¤ļāĨā¤­ā¤žā¤ļāĨā¤­ā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤
ā¤¨ā¤žā¤­ā¤ŋ⤍⤍āĨā¤Ļ⤤ā¤ŋ ⤍ ā¤ĻāĨā¤ĩāĨ‡ā¤ˇāĨā¤Ÿā¤ŋ ⤤⤏āĨā¤¯ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤œāĨā¤žā¤ž ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤¤ā¤ŋ⤎āĨā¤ ā¤ŋā¤¤ā¤žāĨ¤āĨ¤2.57āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϝāσ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻ¤ā§āϰāĻžāύāĻ­āĻŋāĻ¸ā§āύ⧇āĻšāĻ¸ā§āϤāĻ¤ā§āĻ¤ā§Ž āĻĒā§āϰāĻžāĻĒā§āϝ āĻļ⧁āĻ­āĻžāĻļ⧁āĻ­āĻŽā§ āĨ¤
āύāĻžāĻ­āĻŋāύāĻ¨ā§āĻĻāϤāĻŋ āύ āĻĻā§āĻŦ⧇āĻˇā§āϟāĻŋ āϤāĻ¸ā§āϝ āĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻžāĻž āĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ āĻŋāϤāĻž āĨĨā§Ģā§­āĨĨ
yaá¸Ĩ sarvatrānabhisnehas tat tat prāpya śhubhāśhubham
nābhinandati na dveášŖháš­i tasya prajÃąÄ pratiášŖháš­hitā
Word Meanings:
yaá¸Ĩ—who; sarvatra—in all conditions; anabhisnehaá¸Ĩ—unattached; tat—that; tat—that; prāpya—attaining; śhubha—good; aśhubham—evil; na—neither; abhinandati—delight in; na—nor; dveášŖháš­i—dejected by; tasya—his; prajÃąÄâ€”knowledge; pratiášŖháš­hitā—is fixed
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϜāĻĄāĻŧ āϜāĻ—āϤ⧇ āϝāĻŋāύāĻŋ āϏāĻŽāĻ¸ā§āϤ āϜāĻĄāĻŧ āĻŦāĻŋāώāϝāĻŧ⧇ āφāϏāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋ āϰāĻšāĻŋāϤ, āϝāĻŋāύāĻŋ āĻĒā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧ āĻŦāĻ¸ā§āϤ⧁ āϞāĻžāϭ⧇ āφāύāĻ¨ā§āĻĻāĻŋāϤ āĻšāύ āύāĻž āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āĻ…āĻĒā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧ āĻŦāĻŋāώāϝāĻŧ āωāĻĒāĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤ āĻšāϞ⧇ āĻĻā§āĻŦ⧇āώ āĻ•āϰ⧇āύ āύāĻž, āϤāĻŋāύāĻŋ āĻĒā§‚āĻ°ā§āĻŖ āĻœā§āĻžāĻžāύ⧇ āĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ āĻŋāϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇āϛ⧇āύāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 58
⤝ā¤Ļā¤ž ā¤¸ā¤‚ā¤šā¤°ā¤¤āĨ‡ ā¤šā¤žā¤¯ā¤‚ ⤕āĨ‚⤰āĨā¤ŽāĨ‹ā¤Ŋ⤙āĨā¤—ā¤žā¤¨āĨ€ā¤ĩ ⤏⤰āĨā¤ĩā¤ļ⤃āĨ¤
⤇⤍āĨā¤ĻāĨā¤°ā¤ŋā¤¯ā¤žā¤ŖāĨ€ā¤¨āĨā¤ĻāĨā¤°ā¤ŋā¤¯ā¤žā¤°āĨā¤ĨāĨ‡ā¤­āĨā¤¯ā¤¸āĨā¤¤ā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤œāĨā¤žā¤ž ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤¤ā¤ŋ⤎āĨā¤ ā¤ŋā¤¤ā¤žāĨ¤āĨ¤2.58āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϝāĻĻāĻž āϏāĻ‚āĻšāϰāϤ⧇ āϚāĻžāϝāĻŧāĻ‚ āϕ⧂āĻ°ā§āĻŽā§‹āĻšāĻ™ā§āĻ—āĻžāύ⧀āĻŦ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻļāσ āĨ¤
āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāĻžāĻŖā§€āĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ⧇āĻ­ā§āϝāĻ¸ā§āϤāĻ¸ā§āϝ āĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻžāĻž āĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ āĻŋāϤāĻž āĨĨā§Ģā§ŽāĨĨ
yadā sanharate chāyaᚁ kÅĢrmo ’ṅgānÄĢva sarvaśhaá¸Ĩ
indriyāṇÄĢndriyārthebhyas tasya prajÃąÄ pratiášŖháš­hitā
Word Meanings:
yadā—when; sanharate—withdraw; cha—and; ayam—this; kÅĢrmaá¸Ĩ—tortoise; aṅgāni—limbs; iva—as; sarvaśhaá¸Ĩ—fully; indriyāṇi—senses; indriya-arthebhyaá¸Ĩ—from the sense objects; tasya—his; prajÃąÄâ€”divine wisdom; pratiášŖháš­hitā—fixed in
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϕ⧂āĻ°ā§āĻŽ āϝ⧇āĻŽāύ āϤāĻžāϰ āĻ…āĻ™ā§āĻ—āϏāĻŽā§‚āĻš āϤāĻžāϰ āĻ•āĻ āĻŋāύ āĻŦāĻšāĻŋāϰāĻžāĻŦāϰāϪ⧇āϰ āĻŽāĻ§ā§āϝ⧇ āϏāĻ™ā§āϕ⧁āϚāĻŋāϤ āĻ•āϰ⧇, āϤ⧇āĻŽāύāχ āϝ⧇ āĻŦā§āϝāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋ āϤāĻžāρāϰ āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāϗ⧁āϞāĻŋāϕ⧇ āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧ⧇āϰ āĻŦāĻŋāώāϝāĻŧ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āĻĒā§āϰāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻžāĻšāĻžāϰ āĻ•āϰ⧇ āύāĻŋāϤ⧇ āĻĒāĻžāϰ⧇āύ, āϤāĻžāρāϰ āĻšā§‡āϤāύāĻž āϚāĻŋāĻ¨ā§āĻŽāϝāĻŧ āĻœā§āĻžāĻžāύ⧇ āĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ āĻŋāϤāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 59
ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤ˇā¤¯ā¤ž ā¤ĩā¤ŋ⤍ā¤ŋā¤ĩ⤰āĨā¤¤ā¤¨āĨā¤¤āĨ‡ ⤍ā¤ŋā¤°ā¤žā¤šā¤žā¤°ā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ā¤ĻāĨ‡ā¤šā¤ŋ⤍⤃āĨ¤
⤰⤏ā¤ĩ⤰āĨā¤œā¤‚ ⤰⤏āĨ‹ā¤Ŋā¤ĒāĨā¤¯ā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ā¤Ē⤰⤂ ā¤ĻāĨƒā¤ˇāĨā¤ŸāĨā¤ĩā¤ž ⤍ā¤ŋā¤ĩ⤰āĨā¤¤ā¤¤āĨ‡āĨ¤āĨ¤2.59āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻŦāĻŋāώāϝāĻŧāĻž āĻŦāĻŋāύāĻŋāĻŦāĻ°ā§āϤāĻ¨ā§āϤ⧇ āύāĻŋāϰāĻžāĻšāĻžāϰāĻ¸ā§āϝ āĻĻ⧇āĻšāĻŋāύāσ āĨ¤
āϰāϏāĻŦāĻ°ā§āϜāĻ‚ āϰāϏ⧋āĻšāĻĒā§āϝāĻ¸ā§āϝ āĻĒāϰāĻ‚ āĻĻ⧃āĻˇā§āĻŸā§āĻŦāĻž āύāĻŋāĻŦāĻ°ā§āϤāϤ⧇ āĨĨā§Ģ⧝āĨĨ
viášŖhayā vinivartante nirāhārasya dehinaá¸Ĩ
rasa-varjaᚁ raso ’pyasya paraᚁ dṛiášŖháš­vā nivartate
Word Meanings:
viášŖhayāá¸Ĩ—objects for senses; vinivartante—restrain; nirāhārasya—practicing self restraint; dehinaá¸Ĩ—for the embodied; rasa-varjam—cessation of taste; rasaá¸Ĩ—taste; api—however; asya—person’s; param—the Supreme; dṛiášŖháš­vā—on realization; nivartate—ceases to be
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻĻ⧇āĻšāĻŦāĻŋāĻļāĻŋāĻˇā§āϟ āĻœā§€āĻŦ āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧ āϏ⧁āĻ– āĻ­ā§‹āĻ— āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āύāĻŋāĻŦ⧃āϤ āĻšāϤ⧇ āĻĒāĻžāϰ⧇, āĻ•āĻŋāĻ¨ā§āϤ⧁ āϤāĻŦ⧁āĻ“ āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧ āϏ⧁āĻ– āĻ­ā§‹āϗ⧇āϰ āφāϏāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āϝāĻžāϝāĻŧāĨ¤ āĻ•āĻŋāĻ¨ā§āϤ⧁ āωāĻšā§āϚāϤāϰ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ āφāĻ¸ā§āĻŦāĻžāĻĻāύ āĻ•āϰāĻžāϰ āĻĢāϞ⧇ āϤāĻŋāύāĻŋ āϏ⧇āχ āĻŦāĻŋāώāϝāĻŧāϤ⧃āĻˇā§āĻŖāĻž āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āϚāĻŋāϰāϤāϰ⧇ āύāĻŋāĻŦ⧃āĻ¤ā§āϤ āĻšāύāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 60
⤝⤤⤤āĨ‹ ā¤šāĨā¤¯ā¤Ēā¤ŋ ⤕āĨŒā¤¨āĨā¤¤āĨ‡ā¤¯ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°āĨā¤ˇā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤Ēā¤ļāĨā¤šā¤ŋ⤤⤃āĨ¤
⤇⤍āĨā¤ĻāĨā¤°ā¤ŋā¤¯ā¤žā¤Ŗā¤ŋ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤Žā¤žā¤ĨāĨ€ā¤¨ā¤ŋ ā¤šā¤°ā¤¨āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤¸ā¤­ā¤‚ ā¤Žā¤¨ā¤ƒāĨ¤āĨ¤2.60āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϝāϤāϤ⧋ āĻšā§āϝāĻĒāĻŋ āĻ•ā§ŒāĻ¨ā§āϤ⧇āϝāĻŧ āĻĒ⧁āϰ⧁āώāĻ¸ā§āϝ āĻŦāĻŋāĻĒāĻļā§āϚāĻŋāϤāσ āĨ¤
āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāĻžāĻŖāĻŋ āĻĒā§āϰāĻŽāĻžāĻĨā§€āύāĻŋ āĻšāϰāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋ āĻĒā§āϰāϏāĻ­āĻ‚ āĻŽāύāσ āĨĨā§Ŧā§ĻāĨĨ
yatato hyapi kaunteya puruášŖhasya vipaśhchitaá¸Ĩ
indriyāṇi pramāthÄĢni haranti prasabhaᚁ manaá¸Ĩ
Word Meanings:
yatataá¸Ĩ—while practicing self-control; hi—for; api—even; kaunteya—Arjun, the son of Kunti; puruášŖhasya—of a person; vipaśhchitaá¸Ĩ—one endowed with discrimination; indriyāṇi—the senses; pramāthÄĢni—turbulent; haranti—carry away; prasabham—forcibly; manaá¸Ĩ—the mind
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻšā§‡ āĻ•ā§ŒāĻ¨ā§āϤ⧇āϝāĻŧ ! āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāϏāĻŽā§‚āĻš āĻāϤāχ āĻŦāϞāĻŦāĻžāύ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āĻ•ā§āώ⧋āĻ­āĻ•āĻžāϰ⧀ āϝ⧇, āϤāĻžāϰāĻž āĻ…āϤāĻŋ āϝāĻ¤ā§āύāĻļā§€āϞ āĻŦāĻŋāĻŦ⧇āĻ•āϏāĻŽā§āĻĒāĻ¨ā§āύ āĻĒ⧁āϰ⧁āώ⧇āϰ āĻŽāύāϕ⧇āĻ“ āĻŦāϞāĻĒā§‚āĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻ• āĻŦāĻŋāώāϝāĻŧāĻžāĻ­āĻŋāĻŽā§āϖ⧇ āφāĻ•āĻ°ā§āώāĻŖ āĻ•āϰ⧇āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 61
ā¤¤ā¤žā¤¨ā¤ŋ ⤏⤰āĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤Ŗā¤ŋ ā¤¸ā¤‚ā¤¯ā¤ŽāĨā¤¯ ⤝āĨā¤•āĨā¤¤ ⤆⤏āĨ€ā¤¤ ā¤Žā¤¤āĨā¤Ē⤰⤃āĨ¤
ā¤ĩā¤ļāĨ‡ ā¤šā¤ŋ ⤝⤏āĨā¤¯āĨ‡ā¤¨āĨā¤ĻāĨā¤°ā¤ŋā¤¯ā¤žā¤Ŗā¤ŋ ⤤⤏āĨā¤¯ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤œāĨā¤žā¤ž ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤¤ā¤ŋ⤎āĨā¤ ā¤ŋā¤¤ā¤žāĨ¤āĨ¤2.61āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϤāĻžāύāĻŋ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻžāĻŖāĻŋ āϏāĻ‚āϝāĻŽā§āϝ āϝ⧁āĻ•ā§āϤ āφāϏ⧀āϤ āĻŽā§ŽāĻĒāϰāσ āĨ¤
āĻŦāĻļ⧇ āĻšāĻŋ āϝāĻ¸ā§āϝ⧇āĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāĻžāĻŖāĻŋ āϤāĻ¸ā§āϝ āĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻžāĻž āĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ āĻŋāϤāĻž āĨĨā§Ŧā§§āĨĨ
tāni sarvāṇi sanyamya yukta āsÄĢta mat-paraá¸Ĩ
vaśhe hi yasyendriyāṇi tasya prajÃąÄ pratiášŖháš­hitā
Word Meanings:
tāni—them; sarvāṇi—all; sanyamya—subduing; yuktaá¸Ĩ—united; āsÄĢta—seated; mat-paraá¸Ĩ—toward me (Shree Krishna); vaśhe—control; hi—certainly; yasya—whose; indriyāṇi—senses; tasya—their; prajÃąÄâ€”perfect knowledge pratiášŖháš­hitā
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϝāĻŋāύāĻŋ āϤāĻžāρāϰ āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāϗ⧁āϞāĻŋāϕ⧇ āϏāĻŽā§āĻĒā§‚āĻ°ā§āĻŖāϰ⧂āĻĒ⧇ āϏāĻ‚āϝāϤ āĻ•āϰ⧇ āφāĻŽāĻžāϰ āĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋ āωāĻ¤ā§āϤāĻŽāĻž āĻ­āĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋāĻĒāϰāĻžāϝāĻŧāĻŖ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āϤāĻžāρāϰ āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāϗ⧁āϞāĻŋāϕ⧇ āϏāĻŽā§āĻĒā§‚āĻ°ā§āĻŖāϰ⧂āĻĒ⧇ āĻŦāĻļā§€āĻ­ā§‚āϤ āĻ•āϰ⧇āϛ⧇āύ, āϤāĻŋāύāĻŋāχ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻŋāĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻžāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 62
⤧āĨā¤¯ā¤žā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‹ ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤ˇā¤¯ā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤ĒāĨā¤‚ā¤¸ā¤ƒ ⤏⤙āĨā¤—⤏āĨā¤¤āĨ‡ā¤ˇāĨ‚ā¤Ēā¤œā¤žā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡āĨ¤
⤏⤙āĨā¤—ā¤žā¤¤āĨ ā¤¸ā¤‚ā¤œā¤žā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡ ā¤•ā¤žā¤Žā¤ƒ ā¤•ā¤žā¤Žā¤žā¤¤āĨā¤•āĨā¤°āĨ‹ā¤§āĨ‹ā¤Ŋ⤭ā¤ŋā¤œā¤žā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡āĨ¤āĨ¤2.62āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ§ā§āϝāĻžāϝāĻŧāϤ⧋ āĻŦāĻŋāώāϝāĻŧāĻžāĻ¨ā§ āĻĒ⧁āĻ‚āϏāσ āϏāĻ™ā§āĻ—āĻ¸ā§āϤ⧇āώ⧂āĻĒāϜāĻžāϝāĻŧāϤ⧇ āĨ¤
āϏāĻ™ā§āĻ—āĻžā§Ž āϏāĻžā§āϜāĻžāϝāĻŧāϤ⧇ āĻ•āĻžāĻŽāσ āĻ•āĻžāĻŽāĻžā§Ž āĻ•ā§āϰ⧋āϧ⧋āĻšāĻ­āĻŋāϜāĻžāϝāĻŧāϤ⧇ āĨĨā§Ŧ⧍āĨĨ
dhyāyato viášŖhayān puᚁsaá¸Ĩ saṅgas teášŖhÅĢpajāyate
saṅgāt saÃąjāyate kāmaá¸Ĩ kāmāt krodho ’bhijāyate
Word Meanings:
dhyāyataá¸Ĩ—contemplating; viášŖhayān—sense objects; puᚁsaá¸Ĩ—of a person; saṅgaá¸Ĩ—attachment; teášŖhu—to them (sense objects); upajāyate—arises; saṅgāt—from attachment; saÃąjāyate—develops; kāmaá¸Ĩ—desire; kāmāt—from desire; krodhaá¸Ĩ—anger; abhijāyate—arises
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧ⧇āϰ āĻŦāĻŋāώāϝāĻŧāϏāĻŽā§‚āĻš āϏāĻŽā§āĻŦāĻ¨ā§āϧ⧇ āϚāĻŋāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻž āĻ•āϰāϤ⧇ āĻ•āϰāϤ⧇ āĻŽāĻžāύ⧁āώ⧇āϰ āϤāĻžāϤ⧇ āφāϏāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋ āϜāĻ¨ā§āĻŽāĻžāϝāĻŧ, āφāϏāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āĻ•āĻžāĻŽ āĻ‰ā§ŽāĻĒāĻ¨ā§āύ āĻšāϝāĻŧ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āĻ•āĻžāĻŽāύāĻž āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āĻ•ā§āϰ⧋āϧ āĻ‰ā§ŽāĻĒāĻ¨ā§āύ āĻšāϝāĻŧ āĨ¤
āĻ•ā§āϰ⧋āϧ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āϏāĻŽā§āĻŽā§‹āĻš, āϏāĻŽā§āĻŽā§‹āĻš āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āĻ¸ā§āĻŽā§ƒāϤāĻŋāĻŦāĻŋāĻ­ā§āϰāĻŽ, āĻ¸ā§āĻŽā§ƒāϤāĻŋāĻŦāĻŋāĻ­ā§āϰāĻŽ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāύāĻžāĻļ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāύāĻžāĻļ āĻšāĻ“āϝāĻŧāĻžāϰ āĻĢāϞ⧇ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāύāĻžāĻļ āĻšāϝāĻŧāĨ¤ āĻ…āĻ°ā§āĻĨāĻžā§Ž, āĻŽāĻžāύ⧁āώ āĻĒ⧁āύāϰāĻžāϝāĻŧ āϜāĻĄāĻŧ āϜāĻ—āϤ⧇āϰ āĻ…āĻ¨ā§āϧāϕ⧂āĻĒ⧇ āĻ…āϧāσāĻĒāϤāĻŋāϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 63
⤕āĨā¤°āĨ‹ā¤§ā¤žā¤ĻāĨā¤­ā¤ĩ⤤ā¤ŋ ā¤¸ā¤‚ā¤ŽāĨ‹ā¤šā¤ƒ ā¤¸ā¤‚ā¤ŽāĨ‹ā¤šā¤žā¤¤āĨā¤¸āĨā¤ŽāĨƒā¤¤ā¤ŋā¤ĩā¤ŋ⤭āĨā¤°ā¤Žā¤ƒāĨ¤
⤏āĨā¤ŽāĨƒā¤¤ā¤ŋ⤭āĨā¤°ā¤‚ā¤ļā¤žā¤ĻāĨ ā¤ŦāĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤ŋā¤¨ā¤žā¤ļāĨ‹ ā¤ŦāĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤ŋā¤¨ā¤žā¤ļā¤žā¤¤āĨā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤Ŗā¤ļāĨā¤¯ā¤¤ā¤ŋāĨ¤āĨ¤2.63āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻ•ā§āϰ⧋āϧāĻžāĻĻā§ āĻ­āĻŦāϤāĻŋ āϏāĻŽā§āĻŽā§‹āĻšāσ āϏāĻŽā§āĻŽā§‹āĻšāĻžā§Ž āĻ¸ā§āĻŽā§ƒāϤāĻŋāĻŦāĻŋāĻ­ā§āϰāĻŽāσ āĨ¤
āĻ¸ā§āĻŽā§ƒāϤāĻŋāĻ­ā§āϰāĻ‚āĻļāĻžāĻĻā§ āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāύāĻžāĻļā§‹ āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāύāĻžāĻļāĻžā§Ž āĻĒā§āϰāĻŖāĻļā§āϝāϤāĻŋ āĨĨā§Ŧā§ŠāĨĨ
krodhād bhavati sammohaá¸Ĩ sammohāt smṛiti-vibhramaá¸Ĩ
smṛiti-bhranśhād buddhi-nāśho buddhi-nāśhāt praṇaśhyati
Word Meanings:
krodhāt—from anger; bhavati—comes; sammohaá¸Ĩ—clouding of judgement; sammohāt—from clouding of judgement; smṛiti—memory; vibhramaá¸Ĩ—bewilderment; smṛiti-bhranśhāt—from bewilderment of memory; buddhi-nāśhaá¸Ĩ—destruction of intellect; buddhi-nāśhāt—from destruction of intellect; praṇaśhyati—one is ruined
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 64
ā¤°ā¤žā¤—ā¤ĻāĨā¤ĩāĨ‡ā¤ˇā¤ĩā¤ŋ⤝āĨā¤•āĨā¤¤āĨˆā¤¸āĨā¤¤āĨ ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤ˇā¤¯ā¤žā¤¨ā¤ŋ⤍āĨā¤ĻāĨā¤°ā¤ŋ⤝āĨˆā¤ļāĨā¤šā¤°ā¤¨āĨāĨ¤
⤆⤤āĨā¤Žā¤ĩā¤ļāĨā¤¯āĨˆā¤°āĨā¤ĩā¤ŋ⤧āĨ‡ā¤¯ā¤žā¤¤āĨā¤Žā¤ž ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤¸ā¤žā¤Ļā¤Žā¤§ā¤ŋā¤—ā¤šāĨā¤›ā¤¤ā¤ŋāĨ¤āĨ¤2.64āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϰāĻžāĻ—āĻĻā§āĻŦ⧇āώāĻŦāĻŋāĻŽā§āĻ•ā§āϤ⧈āĻ¸ā§āϤ⧁ āĻŦāĻŋāώāϝāĻŧāĻžāύāĻŋāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧ⧈āĻļā§āϚāϰāĻ¨ā§ āĨ¤
āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻŦāĻļā§āϝ⧈āĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻŋāϧ⧇āϝāĻŧāĻžāĻ¤ā§āĻŽāĻž āĻĒā§āϰāϏāĻžāĻĻāĻŽāϧāĻŋāĻ—āĻšā§āĻ›āϤāĻŋ āĨĨā§Ŧā§ĒāĨĨ
rāga-dveášŖha-viyuktais tu viášŖhayān indriyaiśh charan
ātma-vaśhyair-vidheyātmā prasādam adhigachchhati
Word Meanings:
rāga—attachment; dveášŖha—aversion; viyuktaiá¸Ĩ—free; tu—but; viášŖhayān—objects of the senses; indriyaiá¸Ĩ—by the senses; charan—while using; ātma-vaśhyaiá¸Ĩ—controlling one’s mind; vidheya-ātmā—one who controls the mind; prasādam—the Grace of God; adhigachchhati—attains
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϏāĻ‚āϝāϤāϚāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϤ āĻŽāĻžāύ⧁āώ āĻĒā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧ āĻŦāĻ¸ā§āϤ⧁āϤ⧇ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāĻžāĻ­āĻžāĻŦāĻŋāĻ• āφāϏāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋ āĻ“ āĻ…āĻĒā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧ āĻŦāĻ¸ā§āϤ⧁āϤ⧇ āĻ¸ā§āĻŦāĻžāĻ­āĻžāĻŦāĻŋāĻ• āĻŦāĻŋāĻĻā§āĻŦ⧇āώ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āĻŽā§āĻ•ā§āϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇, āϤāĻžāρāϰ āĻŦāĻļā§€āĻ­ā§‚āϤ āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧ⧇āϰ āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻžāϰāĻž āĻ­āĻ—āĻŦāĻĻā§āĻ­āĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋāϰ āĻ…āύ⧁āĻļā§€āϞāύ āĻ•āϰ⧇ āĻ­āĻ—āĻŦāĻžāύ⧇āϰ āĻ•ā§ƒāĻĒāĻž āϞāĻžāĻ­ āĻ•āϰ⧇āύāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 65
ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤¸ā¤žā¤ĻāĨ‡ ⤏⤰āĨā¤ĩā¤ĻāĨā¤ƒā¤–ā¤žā¤¨ā¤žā¤‚ ā¤šā¤žā¤¨ā¤ŋ⤰⤏āĨā¤¯āĨ‹ā¤Ēā¤œā¤žā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡āĨ¤
ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤¸ā¤¨āĨā¤¨ā¤šāĨ‡ā¤¤ā¤¸āĨ‹ ā¤šāĨā¤¯ā¤žā¤ļāĨ ā¤ŦāĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤ŋ⤃ ā¤Ē⤰āĨā¤¯ā¤ĩ⤤ā¤ŋ⤎āĨā¤ ā¤¤āĨ‡āĨ¤āĨ¤2.65āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻĒā§āϰāϏāĻžāĻĻ⧇ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻĻ⧁āσāĻ–āĻžāύāĻžāĻ‚ āĻšāĻžāύāĻŋāϰāĻ¸ā§āϝ⧋āĻĒāϜāĻžāϝāĻŧāϤ⧇ āĨ¤
āĻĒā§āϰāϏāĻ¨ā§āύāĻšā§‡āϤāϏ⧋ āĻšā§āϝāĻžāĻļ⧁ āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāσ āĻĒāĻ°ā§āϝāĻŦāϤāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ āϤ⧇ āĨĨā§Ŧā§ĢāĨĨ
prasāde sarva-duá¸Ĩkhānāᚁ hānir asyopajāyate
prasanna-chetaso hyāśhu buddhiá¸Ĩ paryavatiášŖháš­hate
Word Meanings:
prasāde—by divine grace; sarva—all; duá¸Ĩkhānām—of sorrows; hāniá¸Ĩ—destruction; asya—his; upajāyate—comes; prasanna-chetasaá¸Ĩ—with a tranquil mind; hi—indeed; āśhu—soon; buddhiá¸Ĩ—intellect; paryavatiášŖháš­hate—becomes firmly established
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϚāĻŋāĻ¨ā§āĻŽāϝāĻŧ āĻšā§‡āϤāύāĻžāϝāĻŧ āĻ…āϧāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ āĻŋāϤ āĻšāĻ“āϝāĻŧāĻžāϰ āĻĢāϞ⧇ āϤāĻ–āύ āφāϰ āϜāĻĄāĻŧ āϜāĻ—āϤ⧇āϰ āĻ¤ā§āϰāĻŋāϤāĻžāĻĒ āĻĻ⧁āσāĻ– āĻĨāĻžāϕ⧇ āύāĻž ; āĻāĻ­āĻžāĻŦ⧇ āĻĒā§āϰāϏāĻ¨ā§āύāϤāĻž āϞāĻžāĻ­ āĻ•āϰāĻžāϰ āĻĢāϞ⧇ āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋ āĻļā§€āĻ˜ā§āϰāχ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϰ āĻšāϝāĻŧāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 66
ā¤¨ā¤žā¤¸āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ ā¤ŦāĨā¤ĻāĨā¤§ā¤ŋ⤰⤝āĨā¤•āĨā¤¤ā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ⤍ ā¤šā¤žā¤¯āĨā¤•āĨā¤¤ā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ā¤­ā¤žā¤ĩā¤¨ā¤žāĨ¤
⤍ ā¤šā¤žā¤­ā¤žā¤ĩ⤝⤤⤃ ā¤ļā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ⤰ā¤ļā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤¤ā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ⤕āĨā¤¤ā¤ƒ ⤏āĨā¤–ā¤ŽāĨāĨ¤āĨ¤2.66āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āύāĻžāĻ¸ā§āϤāĻŋ āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāϰāϝ⧁āĻ•ā§āϤāĻ¸ā§āϝ āύ āϚāĻžāϝ⧁āĻ•ā§āϤāĻ¸ā§āϝ āĻ­āĻžāĻŦāύāĻž āĨ¤
āύ āϚāĻžāĻ­āĻžāĻŦāϝāĻŧāϤāσ āĻļāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋāϰāĻļāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻ¸ā§āϝ āϕ⧁āϤāσ āϏ⧁āĻ–āĻŽā§ āĨĨā§Ŧā§ŦāĨĨ
nāsti buddhir-ayuktasya na chāyuktasya bhāvanā
na chābhāvayataá¸Ĩ śhāntir aśhāntasya kutaá¸Ĩ sukham
Word Meanings:
na—not; asti—is; buddhiá¸Ĩ—intellect; ayuktasya—not united; na—not; cha—and; ayuktasya—not united; bhāvanā—contemplation; na—nor; cha—and; abhāvayataá¸Ĩ—for those not united; śhāntiá¸Ĩ—peace; aśhāntasya—of the unpeaceful; kutaá¸Ĩ—where; sukham—happiness
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϝ⧇ āĻŦā§āϝāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋ āĻ•ā§ƒāĻˇā§āĻŖ āĻ­āĻžāĻŦāύāĻžāϝāĻŧ āϝ⧁āĻ•ā§āϤ āύāϝāĻŧ, āϤāĻžāϰ āϚāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϤ āϏāĻ‚āϝāϤ āύāϝāĻŧ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āϤāĻžāϰ āĻĒāĻžāϰāĻŽāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨāĻŋāĻ• āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋ āĻĨāĻžāĻ•āϤ⧇ āĻĒāĻžāϰ⧇ āύāĻžāĨ¤ āφāϰ āĻĒāϰāĻŽāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ āϚāĻŋāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻžāĻļā§‚āĻ¨ā§āϝ āĻŦā§āϝāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋāϰ āĻļāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋ āϞāĻžāϭ⧇āϰ āϕ⧋āύ āϏāĻŽā§āĻ­āĻžāĻŦāύāĻž āύ⧇āχ⧎āĻāχ āϰāĻ•āĻŽ āĻļāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋāĻšā§€āύ āĻŦā§āϝāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋāϰ āĻĒā§āϰāĻ•ā§ƒāϤ āϏ⧁āĻ– āϕ⧋āĻĨāĻžāϝāĻŧ ?
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 67
⤇⤍āĨā¤ĻāĨā¤°ā¤ŋā¤¯ā¤žā¤Ŗā¤žā¤‚ ā¤šā¤ŋ ā¤šā¤°ā¤¤ā¤žā¤‚ ⤝⤍āĨā¤Žā¤¨āĨ‹ā¤Ŋ⤍āĨā¤ĩā¤ŋ⤧āĨ€ā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‡āĨ¤
⤤ā¤Ļ⤏āĨā¤¯ ā¤šā¤°ā¤¤ā¤ŋ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤œāĨā¤žā¤žā¤‚ ā¤ĩā¤žā¤¯āĨā¤°āĨā¤¨ā¤žā¤ĩā¤Žā¤ŋā¤ĩā¤žā¤ŽāĨā¤­ā¤¸ā¤ŋāĨ¤āĨ¤2.67āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāĻžāĻŖāĻžāĻ‚ āĻšāĻŋ āϚāϰāϤāĻžāĻ‚ āϝāĻ¨ā§āĻŽāύ⧋āĻšāύ⧁āĻŦāĻŋāϧ⧀āϝāĻŧāϤ⧇ āĨ¤
āϤāĻĻāĻ¸ā§āϝ āĻšāϰāϤāĻŋ āĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻžāĻžāĻ‚ āĻŦāĻžāϝāĻŧ⧁āĻ°ā§āύāĻžāĻŦāĻŽāĻŋāĻŦāĻžāĻŽā§āĻ­āϏāĻŋ āĨĨā§Ŧā§­āĨĨ
indriyāṇāṁ hi charatāᚁ yan mano ’nuvidhÄĢyate
tadasya harati prajÃąÄáš vāyur nāvam ivāmbhasi
Word Meanings:
indriyāṇām—of the senses; hi—indeed; charatām—roaming; yat—which; manaá¸Ĩ—the mind; anuvidhÄĢyate—becomes constantly engaged; tat—that; asya—of that; harati—carries away; prajÃąÄm—intellect; vāyuá¸Ĩ—wind; nāvam—boat; iva—as; ambhasi—on the water
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋāϕ⧂āϞ āĻŦāĻžāϝāĻŧ⧁ āύ⧌āĻ•āĻžāϕ⧇ āϝ⧇āĻŽāύ āĻ…āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϰ āĻ•āϰ⧇, āϤ⧇āĻŽāύāχ āϏāĻĻāĻž āĻŦāĻŋāϚāϰāĻŖāĻ•āĻžāϰ⧀ āϝ⧇ āϕ⧋āύ āĻāĻ•āϟāĻŋ āĻŽāĻžāĻ¤ā§āϰ āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧ⧇āϰ āφāĻ•āĻ°ā§āώāϪ⧇āĻ“ āĻŽāύ āĻ…āϏāĻ‚āϝāϤ āĻŦā§āϝāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋāϰ āĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻžāĻžāϕ⧇ āĻšāϰāĻŖ āĻ•āϰāϤ⧇ āĻĒāĻžāϰ⧇āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 68
⤤⤏āĨā¤Žā¤žā¤ĻāĨā¤¯ā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ā¤Žā¤šā¤žā¤Ŧā¤žā¤šāĨ‹ ⤍ā¤ŋ⤗āĨƒā¤šāĨ€ā¤¤ā¤žā¤¨ā¤ŋ ⤏⤰āĨā¤ĩā¤ļ⤃āĨ¤
⤇⤍āĨā¤ĻāĨā¤°ā¤ŋā¤¯ā¤žā¤ŖāĨ€ā¤¨āĨā¤ĻāĨā¤°ā¤ŋā¤¯ā¤žā¤°āĨā¤ĨāĨ‡ā¤­āĨā¤¯ā¤¸āĨā¤¤ā¤¸āĨā¤¯ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤œāĨā¤žā¤ž ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤¤ā¤ŋ⤎āĨā¤ ā¤ŋā¤¤ā¤žāĨ¤āĨ¤2.68āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϤāĻ¸ā§āĻŽāĻžāĻĻā§ āϝāĻ¸ā§āϝ āĻŽāĻšāĻžāĻŦāĻžāĻšā§‹ āύāĻŋāĻ—ā§ƒāĻšā§€āϤāĻžāύāĻŋ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻļāσ āĨ¤
āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāĻžāĻŖā§€āĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ⧇āĻ­ā§āϝāĻ¸ā§āϤāĻ¸ā§āϝ āĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻžāĻž āĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ āĻŋāϤāĻž āĨĨā§Ŧā§ŽāĨĨ
tasmād yasya mahā-bāho nigṛihÄĢtāni sarvaśhaá¸Ĩ
indriyāṇÄĢndriyārthebhyas tasya prajÃąÄ pratiášŖháš­hitā
Word Meanings:
tasmāt—therefore; yasya—whose; mahā-bāho—mighty-armed one; nigṛihÄĢtāni—restrained; sarvaśhaá¸Ĩ—completely; indriyāṇi—senses; indriya-arthebhyaá¸Ĩ—from sense objects; tasya—of that person; prajÃąÄâ€”transcendental knowledge; pratiášŖháš­hitā—remains fixed
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϏ⧁āϤāϰāĻžāĻ‚, āĻšā§‡ āĻŽāĻšāĻžāĻŦāĻžāĻšā§‹ ! āϝāĻžāρāϰ āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧāϗ⧁āϞāĻŋ āχāĻ¨ā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŋāϝāĻŧ⧇āϰ āĻŦāĻŋāώāϝāĻŧ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻĒā§āϰāĻ•āĻžāϰ⧇ āύāĻŋāĻŦ⧃āĻ¤ā§āϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇āϛ⧇, āϤāĻŋāύāĻŋāχ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻžāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 69
ā¤¯ā¤ž ⤍ā¤ŋā¤ļā¤ž ⤏⤰āĨā¤ĩ⤭āĨ‚ā¤¤ā¤žā¤¨ā¤žā¤‚ ⤤⤏āĨā¤¯ā¤žā¤‚ ā¤œā¤žā¤—ā¤°āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ ā¤¸ā¤‚ā¤¯ā¤ŽāĨ€āĨ¤
⤝⤏āĨā¤¯ā¤žā¤‚ ā¤œā¤žā¤—āĨā¤°ā¤¤ā¤ŋ ⤭āĨ‚ā¤¤ā¤žā¤¨ā¤ŋ ā¤¸ā¤ž ⤍ā¤ŋā¤ļā¤ž ā¤Ēā¤ļāĨā¤¯ā¤¤āĨ‹ ā¤ŽāĨā¤¨āĨ‡ā¤ƒāĨ¤āĨ¤2.69āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āϝāĻž āύāĻŋāĻļāĻž āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻ­ā§‚āϤāĻžāύāĻžāĻ‚ āϤāĻ¸ā§āϝāĻžāĻ‚ āϜāĻžāĻ—āĻ°ā§āϤāĻŋ āϏāĻ‚āϝāĻŽā§€ āĨ¤
āϝāĻ¸ā§āϝāĻžāĻ‚ āϜāĻžāĻ—ā§āϰāϤāĻŋ āĻ­ā§‚āϤāĻžāύāĻŋ āϏāĻž āύāĻŋāĻļāĻž āĻĒāĻļā§āϝāϤ⧋ āĻŽā§āύ⧇āσ āĨĨā§Ŧ⧝āĨĨ
yā niśhā sarva-bhÅĢtānāᚁ tasyāᚁ jāgarti sanyamÄĢ
yasyāᚁ jāgrati bhÅĢtāni sā niśhā paśhyato muneá¸Ĩ
Word Meanings:
yā—which; niśhā—night; sarva-bhÅĢtānām—of all living beings; tasyām—in that; jāgarti—is awake; sanyamÄĢ—self-controlled; yasyām—in which; jāgrati—are awake; bhÅĢtāni—creatures; sā—that; niśhā—night; paśhyataá¸Ĩ—see; muneá¸Ĩ—sage
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϏāĻŽāĻ¸ā§āϤ āĻœā§€āĻŦ⧇āϰ āĻĒāĻ•ā§āώ⧇ āϝāĻž āϰāĻžāĻ¤ā§āϰāĻŋāĻ¸ā§āĻŦāϰ⧂āĻĒ, āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻž āϏ⧇āχ āϰāĻžāĻ¤ā§āϰāĻŋāϤ⧇ āϜāĻžāĻ—āϰ⧀āϤ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āφāĻ¤ā§āĻŽ-āĻŦ⧁āĻĻā§āϧāĻŋāύāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ  āφāύāĻ¨ā§āĻĻāϕ⧇ āϏāĻžāĻ•ā§āώāĻžā§Ž āĻ…āύ⧁āĻ­āĻŦ āĻ•āϰ⧇āύāĨ¤ āφāϰ āϝāĻ–āύ āϏāĻŽāĻ¸ā§āϤ āĻœā§€āĻŦ⧇āϰāĻž āĻœā§‡āϗ⧇ āĻĨāĻžāϕ⧇, āϤāĻ¤ā§āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻĻāĻ°ā§āĻļā§€ āĻŽā§āύāĻŋāϰ āύāĻŋāĻ•āϟ āϤāĻž āϰāĻžāĻ¤ā§āϰāĻŋāĻ¸ā§āĻŦāϰ⧂āĻĒāĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 70
⤆ā¤ĒāĨ‚⤰āĨā¤¯ā¤Žā¤žā¤Ŗā¤Žā¤šā¤˛ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤¤ā¤ŋ⤎āĨā¤ ā¤‚
ā¤¸ā¤ŽāĨā¤ĻāĨā¤°ā¤Žā¤žā¤Ē⤃ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤ļ⤍āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ ⤝ā¤ĻāĨā¤ĩ⤤āĨāĨ¤
⤤ā¤ĻāĨā¤ĩ⤤āĨā¤•ā¤žā¤Žā¤ž ⤝⤂ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤ļ⤍āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋ ⤏⤰āĨā¤ĩāĨ‡
⤏ ā¤ļā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤¤ā¤ŋā¤Žā¤žā¤ĒāĨā¤¨āĨ‹ā¤¤ā¤ŋ ⤍ ā¤•ā¤žā¤Žā¤•ā¤žā¤ŽāĨ€āĨ¤āĨ¤2.70āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āφāĻĒā§‚āĻ°ā§āϝāĻŽāĻžāĻŖāĻŽāϚāϞāĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋāĻˇā§āĻ āĻ‚ āϏāĻŽā§āĻĻā§āϰāĻŽāĻžāĻĒāσ āĻĒā§āϰāĻŦāĻŋāĻļāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋ āϝāĻĻā§āĻŦā§Ž āĨ¤
āϤāĻĻā§āĻŦā§Ž āĻ•āĻžāĻŽāĻž āϝāĻ‚ āĻĒā§āϰāĻŦāĻŋāĻļāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦ⧇ āϏāσ āĻļāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋāĻŽāĻžāĻĒā§āύ⧋āϤāĻŋ āύ āĻ•āĻžāĻŽāĻ•āĻžāĻŽā§€ āĨĨā§­ā§ĻāĨĨ
āpÅĢryamāṇam achala-pratiášŖháš­haᚁ
samudram āpaá¸Ĩ praviśhanti yadvat
tadvat kāmā yaᚁ praviśhanti sarve
sa śhāntim āpnoti na kāma-kāmÄĢ
Word Meanings:
āpÅĢryamāṇam—filled from all sides; achala-pratiášŖháš­ham—undisturbed; samudram—ocean; āpaá¸Ĩ—waters; praviśhanti—enter; yadvat—as; tadvat—likewise; kāmāá¸Ĩ—desires; yam—whom; praviśhanti—enter; sarve—all; saá¸Ĩ—that person; śhāntim—peace; āpnoti—attains; na—not; kāma-kāmÄĢ—one who strives to satisfy desires
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻŦāĻŋāώāϝāĻŧāĻ•āĻžāĻŽā§€ āĻŦā§āϝāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋ āĻ•āĻ–āύ⧋ āĻļāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋ āϞāĻžāĻ­ āĻ•āϰ⧇ āύāĻžāĨ¤ āϜāϞāϰāĻžāĻļāĻŋ āϝ⧇āĻŽāύ āϏāĻĻāĻž āĻĒāϰāĻŋāĻĒā§‚āĻ°ā§āĻŖ āĻāĻŦāĻ‚ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϰ āϏāĻŽā§āĻĻā§āϰ⧇ āĻĒā§āϰāĻŦ⧇āĻļ āĻ•āϰ⧇āĻ“ āϤāĻžāϕ⧇ āĻ•ā§āώ⧋āĻ­āĻŋāϤ āĻ•āϰāϤ⧇ āĻĒāĻžāϰ⧇ āύāĻž, āĻ•āĻžāĻŽāϏāĻŽā§‚āĻšāĻ“ āϤ⧇āĻŽāύ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻĒā§āϰāĻœā§āĻž āĻŦā§āϝāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋāϤ⧇ āĻĒā§āϰāĻŦāĻŋāĻˇā§āϟ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇āĻ“ āϤāĻžāρāϕ⧇ āĻŦāĻŋāĻ•ā§āώ⧁āĻŦā§āϧ āĻ•āϰāϤ⧇ āĻĒāĻžāϰ⧇ āύāĻž, āĻ…āϤāĻāĻŦ āϤāĻŋāύāĻŋāχ āĻļāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋ āϞāĻžāĻ­ āĻ•āϰ⧇āύ⧎
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 71
ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤šā¤žā¤¯ ā¤•ā¤žā¤Žā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤¯ā¤ƒ ⤏⤰āĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤¨āĨā¤ĒāĨā¤Žā¤žā¤‚ā¤ļāĨā¤šā¤°ā¤¤ā¤ŋ ⤍ā¤ŋ⤃⤏āĨā¤ĒāĨƒā¤šā¤ƒāĨ¤
⤍ā¤ŋ⤰āĨā¤Žā¤ŽāĨ‹ ⤍ā¤ŋā¤°ā¤šā¤‚ā¤•ā¤žā¤°ā¤ƒ ⤏ ā¤ļā¤žā¤‚ā¤¤ā¤ŋā¤Žā¤§ā¤ŋā¤—ā¤šāĨā¤›ā¤¤ā¤ŋāĨ¤āĨ¤2.71āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻŦāĻŋāĻšāĻžāϝāĻŧ āĻ•āĻžāĻŽāĻžāĻ¨ā§ āϝāσ āϏāĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻžāĻ¨ā§ āĻĒ⧁āĻŽāĻžāĻ‚āĻļā§āϚāϰāϤāĻŋ āύāĻŋāσāĻ¸ā§āĻĒ⧃āĻšāσ āĨ¤
āύāĻŋāĻ°ā§āĻŽāĻŽā§‹ āύāĻŋāϰāĻšāĻ™ā§āĻ•āĻžāϰāσ āϏ āĻļāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋāĻŽāϧāĻŋāĻ—āĻšā§āĻ›āϤāĻŋ āĨĨā§­ā§§āĨĨ
vihāya kāmān yaá¸Ĩ sarvān pumānśh charati niá¸Ĩspṛihaá¸Ĩ
nirmamo nirahankāraá¸Ĩ sa śhāntim adhigachchhati
Word Meanings:
vihāya—giving up; kāmān—material desires; yaá¸Ĩ—who; sarvān—all; pumān—a person; charati—lives; niá¸Ĩspṛihaá¸Ĩ—free from hankering; nirmamaá¸Ĩ—without a sense of proprietorship; nirahankāraá¸Ĩ—without egoism; saá¸Ĩ—that person; śhāntim—perfect peace; adhigachchhati—attains
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āϝ⧇ āĻŦā§āϝāĻ•ā§āϤāĻŋ āϏāĻŽāĻ¸ā§āϤ āĻ•āĻžāĻŽāύāĻž-āĻŦāĻžāϏāύāĻž āĻĒāϰāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āϝāĻžāĻ— āĻ•āϰ⧇ āϜāĻĄāĻŧ āĻŦāĻŋāώāϝāĻŧ⧇āϰ āĻĒā§āϰāϤāĻŋ āύāĻŋāĻ¸ā§āĻĒ⧃āĻš, āύāĻŋāϰāĻšāĻ™ā§āĻ•āĻžāϰ āĻ“ āĻŽāĻŽāĻ¤ā§āĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻŦā§‹āϧ āϰāĻšāĻŋāϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āĻŦāĻŋāϚāϰāĻŖ āĻ•āϰ⧇āύ, āϤāĻŋāύāĻŋāχ āĻĒā§āϰāĻ•ā§ƒāϤ āĻļāĻžāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋ āϞāĻžāĻ­ āĻ•āϰ⧇āĨ¤
Verse / āĻļā§āϞ⧋āĻ• 72
ā¤ā¤ˇā¤ž ā¤ŦāĨā¤°ā¤žā¤šāĨā¤ŽāĨ€ ⤏āĨā¤Ĩā¤ŋ⤤ā¤ŋ⤃ ā¤Ēā¤žā¤°āĨā¤Ĩ ⤍āĨˆā¤¨ā¤žā¤‚ ā¤ĒāĨā¤°ā¤žā¤ĒāĨā¤¯ ā¤ĩā¤ŋā¤ŽāĨā¤šāĨā¤¯ā¤¤ā¤ŋāĨ¤
⤏āĨā¤Ĩā¤ŋ⤤āĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤Ŋ⤏āĨā¤¯ā¤žā¤Žā¤¨āĨā¤¤ā¤•ā¤žā¤˛āĨ‡ā¤Ŋā¤Ēā¤ŋ ā¤ŦāĨā¤°ā¤šāĨā¤Žā¤¨ā¤ŋ⤰āĨā¤ĩā¤žā¤Ŗā¤ŽāĨƒā¤šāĨā¤›ā¤¤ā¤ŋāĨ¤āĨ¤2.72āĨ¤āĨ¤
📚 Read commentary from Gurus
āĻāώāĻž āĻŦā§āϰāĻžāĻšā§āĻŽā§€ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻŋāσ āĻĒāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ āύ⧈āύāĻžāĻ‚ āĻĒā§āϰāĻžāĻĒā§āϝ āĻŦāĻŋāĻŽā§āĻšā§āϝāϤāĻŋ āĨ¤
āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāĻ¤ā§āĻŦāĻžāĻ¸ā§āϝāĻžāĻŽāĻ¨ā§āϤāĻ•āĻžāϞ⧇āĻšāĻĒāĻŋ āĻŦā§āϰāĻšā§āĻŽāύāĻŋāĻ°ā§āĻŦāĻžāĻŖāĻŽā§ƒāĻšā§āĻ›āϤāĻŋ āĨĨ⧭⧍āĨĨ
eášŖhā brāhmÄĢ sthitiá¸Ĩ pārtha naināᚁ prāpya vimuhyati
sthitvāsyām anta-kāle ’pi brahma-nirvāṇam ṛichchhati
Word Meanings:
eášŖhā—such; brāhmÄĢ sthitiá¸Ĩ—state of God-realization; pārtha—Arjun, the son of Pritha; na—never; enām—this; prāpya—having attained; vimuhyati—is deluded; sthitvā—being established; asyām—in this; anta-kāle—at the hour of death; api—even; brahma-nirvāṇam—liberation from Maya; ṛichchhati—attains
āĻ…āύ⧁āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ: āĻāχ āĻĒā§āϰāĻ•āĻžāϰ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻŋāϕ⧇āχ āĻŦā§āϰāĻžāĻšā§āĻŽā§€āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻŋ āĻŦāϞ⧇āĨ¤ āĻšā§‡ āĻĒāĻžāĻ°ā§āĻĨ ! āϝāĻŋāύāĻŋ āĻāχ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻŋ āϞāĻžāĻ­ āĻ•āϰ⧇āύ, āϤāĻŋāύāĻŋ āĻŽā§‹āĻšāĻĒā§āϰāĻžāĻĒā§āϤ āĻšāύ āύāĻž āĨ¤
āĻœā§€āĻŦāύ⧇āϰ āĻ…āĻ¨ā§āϤāĻŋāĻŽ āϏāĻŽāϝāĻŧ⧇ āĻāχ āĻ¸ā§āĻĨāĻŋāϤāĻŋ āϞāĻžāĻ­ āĻ•āϰ⧇, āϤāĻŋāύāĻŋ āĻāχ āϜāĻĄāĻŧ āϜāĻ—āϤ⧇āϰ āĻŦāĻ¨ā§āϧāύ āĻĨ⧇āϕ⧇ āĻŽā§āĻ•ā§āϤ āĻšāϝāĻŧ⧇ āĻ­āĻ—āĻŦā§Ž-āϧāĻžāĻŽā§‡ āĻĒā§āϰāĻŦ⧇āĻļ āĻ•āϰ⧇āύāĨ¤
āĻ“āρ āĻ¤ā§ŽāϏāĻĻāĻŋāϤāĻŋ āĻļā§āϰ⧀āĻŽāĻĻā§āĻ­āĻ—āĻŦāĻĻā§āĻ—ā§€āϤāĻžāϏ⧂āĻĒāύāĻŋāĻˇā§ŽāϏ⧁ āĻŦā§āϰāĻšā§āĻŽāĻŦāĻŋāĻĻā§āϝāĻžāϝāĻŧāĻžāĻ‚ āϝ⧋āĻ—āĻļāĻžāĻ¸ā§āĻ¤ā§āϰ⧇ āĻļā§āϰ⧀āĻ•ā§ƒāĻˇā§āĻŖāĻžāĻ°ā§āϜ⧁āύāϏāĻ‚āĻŦāĻžāĻĻ⧇ 'āϏāĻžāĻ‚āĻ–ā§āϝāϝ⧋āĻ—ā§‹' āύāĻžāĻŽ āĻĻā§āĻŦāĻŋāϤ⧀āϝāĻŧā§‹āĻŊāĻ§ā§āϝāĻžāϝāĻŧāσ āĨĨ⧍āĨĨ